{"title":"Electrical engineering Books","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"schaums-outline-of-digital-signal-processing-2nd-edition-9780071635097","title":"Schaums Outline of Digital Signal Processing 2nd","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eThe ideal review for your digital signal processing course\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMore than 40 million students have trusted Schaumâs Outlines for their expert knowledge and helpful solved problems. Written by renowned experts in their respective fields, Schaumâs Outlines cover everything from math to science, nursing to language. The main feature for all these books is the solved problems. Step-by-step, authors walk readers through coming up with solutions to exercises in their topic of choice. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutline format facilitates quick and easy review of course fundamentals \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHundreds of examples illustrate applications and complex calculations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than 300 solved problems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExercises to help you test your mastery of digital signal processing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppropriate for the following courses: Signals and Systems; Digital Signal Processing; Digital Filters and Signal Processing; Discrete-Time and Continuous-Time Linear Systems \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports and supplements the bestselling textbooks in digital\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"McGraw-Hill Education - Europe","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48732174254423,"sku":"9780071635097","price":26.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780071635097.jpg?v=1719995839"},{"product_id":"a-dictionary-of-electronics-and-electrical-engineering-oxford-quick-reference-9780198725725","title":"A Dictionary of Electronics and Electrical","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis dictionary includes 5,000 definitions of the terms, theories, and practices in the area of electronics and electrical science and engineering. It includes coverage of circuits, power, systems, magnetic devices, control theory, communications, signal processing, and telecommunications.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePrelimsA-Z textAppendices Abbreviations","brand":"Oxford University Press","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48732771352919,"sku":"9780198725725","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780198725725.jpg?v=1719998330"},{"product_id":"flash-advertising-9780240813455","title":"Flash Advertising","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eCreate awe-inspiring, mind-blowing Flash ads, microsites, advergames, and branded applications that engage consumers and demonstrate their worth to clients. Creating Flash Advertising delivers the nuts and bolts of the development process from initial design conception to ad completion. You''ll learn the best practices for:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e* Mastering the myriad of ad specs, deadlines, quality and version control issues\u003cbr\u003e* Creating ads that balance campaign goals with design constraints\u003cbr\u003e* Preparing and building ads with team and QC standards\u003cbr\u003e* Using forms and data in ads without file bloat\u003cbr\u003e* File optimization techniques for swf files\u003cbr\u003e* 3rd party rich media technologies that transcend the 30k banner\u003cbr\u003e* Integrating video into sites and banners\u003cbr\u003e* Social media applications\u003cbr\u003e* Trafficking and tracking ads for impressions, interactions, clicks, and conversions\u003cbr\u003e* Using ActionScript to save development time and implement team standards\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePublished projects developed with t\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFlash advertising overview; Designing campaigns; Preparing and building ads; Forms and data; File optimization; Third party rich media technologies; Trafficking and tracking your ads; Designing the site; Preparing and building microsites; Driving traffic to the site; What is AIR?; Designing the application; Data, files and user interaction; Connectivity; Classes\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor \u0026 Francis Ltd","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48732963078487,"sku":"9780240813455","price":35.09,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780240813455.jpg?v=1719999086"},{"product_id":"power-grid-resilience-against-natural-disasters-9781119801474","title":"Power Grid Resilience against Natural Disasters","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003ePOWER GRID RESILIENCE AGAINST NATURAL DISASTERS\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eHow to protect our power grids in the face of extreme weather events\u003c\/b\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe field of structural and operational resilience of power systems, particularly against natural disasters, is of obvious importance in light of climate change and the accompanying increase in hurricanes, wildfires, tornados, frigid temperatures, and more. Addressing these vulnerabilities in service is a matter of increasing diligence for the electric power industry, and as such, targeted studies and advanced technologies are being developed to help address these issues generallywhether they be from the threat of cyber-attacks or of natural disasters. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003ePower Grid Resilience against Natural Disasters\u003c\/i\u003e provides, for the first time, a comprehensive and systematic introduction to resilience-enhancing planning and operation strategies of power grids against extreme events. It addresses, in detail, the three necessary steps to ensure power grid suc\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAbout the Authors xv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface xvii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments xxiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart I Introduction 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1 Introduction 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Power Grid and Natural Disasters 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Power Grid Resilience 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1 Definitions 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2 Importance and Benefits 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2.1 Dealing withWeather-Related Disastrous Events 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2.2 Facilitating the Integration of Renewable Energy Sources 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2.3 Dealing with Cybersecurity-Related Events 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.3 Challenges 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Resilience Enhancement Against Disasters 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1 Preparedness Prior to Disasters 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1.1 Component-Level Resilience Enhancement 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1.2 System-Level Resilience Enhancement 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.2 Response as Disasters Unfold 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.2.1 System State Acquisition 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.2.2 Controlled Separation 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.3 Recovery After Disasters 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.3.1 Conventional Recovery Process 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.3.2 Microgrids for Electric Service Recovery 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.3.3 Distribution Grid Topology Reconfiguration 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Coordination and Co-Optimization 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Focus of This Book 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6 Summary 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTrim Size: 152mm x 229mm Single Column Lei801474 ftoc.tex V1 - 10\/31\/2022 4:04pm Page viii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e[1]\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e[1] [1]\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e[1]\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eviii Contents\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart II Preparedness Prior to a Natural Disaster 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2 Preventive Maintenance to Enhance Grid Reliability 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Component- and System-Level Deterioration Model 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.1 Component-Level Deterioration Transition Probability 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.2 System-Level Deterioration Transition Probability 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.3 Mathematical Model without Harsh External Conditions 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Preventive Maintenance in Consideration of Disasters 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1 Potential Disasters Influencing Preventive Maintenance 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2 Preventive Maintenance Model with Disasters Influences 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2.1 Probabilistic Model of Repair Delays Caused By Harsh External\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConditions 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2.2 Activity Vectors Corresponding to Repair Delays 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2.3 Expected Cost 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Solution Algorithms 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.1 Backward Induction 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2 Search Space Reduction Method 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Case Studies 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.1 Data Description 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.2 Case I: Verification of the Proposed Model 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.2.1 Verifying the Model Using Monte Carlo Simulations 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.2.2 Selection of Optimal Maintenance Activities 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.2.3 Influences of Harsh External Conditions on Maintenance 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.3 Case II: Results Simulating the Zhejiang Electric Power Grid 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Summary and Conclusions 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNomenclature 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3 Preallocating Emergency Resources to Enhance Grid\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSurvivability 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Emergency Resources of Grids against Disasters 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Mobile Emergency Generators and Grid Survivability 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1 Microgrid Formation 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2 Preallocation and Real-Time Allocation 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.3 Coordination with Conventional Restoration Procedures 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Preallocation Optimization of Mobile Emergency Generators 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1 A Two-Stage Stochastic Optimization Model 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2 Availability of Mobile Emergency Generators 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.3 Connection of Mobile Emergency Generators 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.4 Coordination of Multiple Flexibility in Microgrids 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTrim Size: 152mm x 229mm Single Column Lei801474 ftoc.tex V1 - 10\/31\/2022 4:04pm Page ix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e[1]\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e[1] [1]\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e[1]\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eContents ix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Solution Algorithms 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1 Scenario Generation and Reduction 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.2 Dijkstra’s Shortest-Path Algorithm 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.3 Scenario Decomposition Algorithm 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Case Studies 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1 Test System Introduction 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.2 Demonstration of the Proposed Dispatch Method 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.3 Capacity Utilization Rate 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.4 Importance of Considering Traffic Issue and Preallocation 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.5 Computational Efficiency 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Summary and Conclusions 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNomenclature 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4 Grid Automation Enabling Prompt Restoration 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Smart Grid and Automation Systems 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Distribution System Automation and Restoration 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Prompt Restoration with Remote-Controlled Switches 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Remote-Controlled Switch Allocation Models 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1 Minimizing Customer Interruption Cost 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.2 Minimizing System Average Interruption Duration Index 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.3 Maximizing System Restoration Capability 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Solution Method 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.1 Practical Candidate Restoration Strategies 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.2 Model Transformation 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.3 Linearization and Simplification Techniques 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.4 Overall Solution Process 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 Case Studies 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.1 Illustration on a Small Test System 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.1.1 Results of the CIC-oriented Model 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.1.2 Results of the SAIDI-oriented Model 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.1.3 Results of the RL-oriented Model 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.1.4 Comparisons 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.2 Results on a Large Test System 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7 Impacts of Remote-Controlled Switch Malfunction 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8 Consideration of Distributed Generations 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9 Summary and Conclusions 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNomenclature of RCS-Restoration Models 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNomenclature of RCS Allocation Models 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTrim Size: 152mm x 229mm Single Column Lei801474 ftoc.tex V1 - 10\/31\/2022 4:04pm Page x\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e[1]\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e[1] [1]\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e[1]\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ex Contents\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart III Response as a Natural Disaster Unfolds 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5 Security Region-Based Operational Point Analysis for\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eResilience Enhancement 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Resilience-Oriented Operational Strategies 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Security Region during an Unfolding Disaster 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1 Sequential Security Region 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2 Uncertain Varying System Topology Changes 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Operational Point Analysis Resilience Enhancement 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1 Sequential Security Region 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2 Sequential Security Region with Uncertain Varying Topology\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChanges 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3 Mapping System Topology Changes 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.4 Bilevel Optimization Model 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.5 Solution Process 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Case Studies 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Summary and Conclusions 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNomenclature 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6 Proactive Resilience Enhancement Strategy for Transmission\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSystems 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Proactive Strategy Against ExtremeWeather Events 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 System States Caused by Unfolding Disasters 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 Component Failure Rate 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 System States on Disasters’ Trajectories 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3 Transition Probabilities Between Different System States 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Sequentially Proactive Operation Strategy 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 Sequential Decision Processes 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 Sequentially Proactive Operation Strategy Constraints 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3 Linear Scalarization of the Model 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.4 Case Studies 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.4.1 IEEE 30-Bus System 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.4.2 A Practical Power Grid System 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Summary and Conclusions 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNomenclature 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7 Markov Decision Process-Based Resilience Enhancement for\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDistribution Systems 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Real-Time Response Against Unfolding Disasters 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Disasters’ Influences on Distribution Systems 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTrim Size: 152mm x 229mm Single Column Lei801474 ftoc.tex V1 - 10\/31\/2022 4:04pm Page xi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e[1]\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e[1] [1]\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e[1]\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eContents xi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1 Markov States on Disasters’ Trajectories 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2 Transition Probability Between Markov States 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Markov Decision Processes-Based Optimization Model 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1 Markov Decision Processes-based Recursive Model 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2 Operational Constraints 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2.1 Radiality Constraint 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2.2 Repair Constraint 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2.3 Power Flow Constraint 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2.4 Power Balance Constraint 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2.5 Line Capacity Constraint 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2.6 Voltage Constraint 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Solution Algorithms – Approximate Dynamic Programming 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.1 Solution Challenges 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.2 Post-decision States 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.3 Forward Dynamic Algorithm 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.4 Proposed Model Reformulation 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.5 Iteration Process 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Case Studies 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.1 IEEE 33-Bus System 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.1.1 Data Description 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.1.2 Estimated Values of Post-Decision States 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.1.3 Dispatch Strategies with Estimated Values of Post-Decision States 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.2 IEEE 123-Bus System 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.2.1 Data Description 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.2.2 Simulated Results 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 Summary and Conclusions 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNomenclature 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart IV Recovery After a Natural Disaster 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8 Microgrids with Flexible Boundaries for Service\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRestoration 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Using Microgrids in Service Restoration 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Dynamically Formed Microgrids 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1 Flexible Boundaries in Microgrid Formation Optimization 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2 Radiality Constraints and Topological Flexibility 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Mathematical Formulation of Radiality Constraints 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1 Loop-Eliminating Model 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2 Path-Based Model 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTrim Size: 152mm x 229mm Single Column Lei801474 ftoc.tex V1 - 10\/31\/2022 4:04pm Page xii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e[1]\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e[1] [1]\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e[1]\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003exii Contents\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.3 Single-Commodity Flow-Based Model 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.4 Parent–Child Node Relation-Based Model 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.5 Primal and Dual Graph-Based Model 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.6 Spanning Forest-Based Model 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Adaptive Microgrid Formation for Service Restoration 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.1 Formulation and Validity 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.2 Tightness and Compactness 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.3 Applicability and Application 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Case Studies 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.1 Illustration on a Small Test System 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.2 Results on a Large Test System 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.3 LinDistFlow Model Accuracy 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 Summary and Conclusions 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.A.1 Proof of Theorem 8.1 220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.A.2 Proof of Proposition 8.1 220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNomenclature of Spanning Tree Constraints 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNomenclature of MG Formation Model 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9 Microgrids with Mobile Power Sources for Service\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRestoration 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Grid Survivability and Recovery with Mobile Power Sources 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Routing and Scheduling Mobile Power Sources in Microgrids 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Mobile Power Sources and Supporting Facilities 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1 Availability 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2 Grid-Forming Functions 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.3 Cost-Effectiveness 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 A Two-Stage Dispatch Framework 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.1 Proactive Pre-Dispatch 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.2 Dynamic Routing and Scheduling 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Solution Method 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.1 Column-and-Constraint Generation Algorithm 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.2 Linearization Techniques 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6 Case Studies 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6.1 Illustration on a Small Test System 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6.1.1 Results of MPS Proactive Pre-positioning 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6.1.2 Results of MPS Dynamic Dispatch 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6.2 Results on a Large Test System 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.7 Summary and Conclusions 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNomenclature 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTrim Size: 152mm x 229mm Single Column Lei801474 ftoc.tex V1 - 10\/31\/2022 4:04pm Page xiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e[1]\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e[1] [1]\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e[1]\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eContents xiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10 Co-Optimization of Grid Flexibilities in Recovery\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLogistics 261\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Post-Disaster Recovery Logistics of Grids 261\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.1 Power Infrastructure Recovery 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.2 Microgrid-Based Service Restoration 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.3 A Co-Optimization Approach 264\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Flexibility Resources in Grid Recovery Logistics 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.1 Routing and Scheduling of Repair Crews 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.2 Routing and Scheduling of Mobile Power Sources 268\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.3 Grid Reconfiguration and Operation 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Co-Optimization of Flexibility Resources 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Solution Method 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.1 Pre-assigning Minimal Repair Tasks 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.2 Selecting Candidate Nodes to Connect Mobile Power Sources 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.3 Linearization Techniques 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 Case Studies 284\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.1 Illustration on a Small Test System 284\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.2 Results on a Large Test System 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.3 Computational Efficiency 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.4 LinDistFlow Model Accuracy 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6 Summary and Conclusions 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.A.1 Proof of Proposition 10.1 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 294\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 301\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738367799639,"sku":"9781119801474","price":99.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119801474.jpg?v=1723811983"},{"product_id":"schaums-outline-of-electric-circuits-seventh-edition-9781260011968","title":"Schaums Outline of Electric Circuits Seventh","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTough Test Questions? Missed Lectures? Not Enough Time? Textbook too Pricey?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFortunately, there's Schaum's. This all-in-one-package includes more than 500 fully-solved problems, examples, and practice exercises to sharpen your problem-solving skills. Plus, you will have access to 25 detailed videos featuring math instructors who explain how to solve the most commonly tested problemsâit's just like having your own virtual tutor! You'll find everything you need to build your confidence, skills, and knowledge and achieve the highest score possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMore than 40 million students have trusted Schaum's to help them study faster, learn better, and get top grades. Now Schaum's is better than ever-with a new look, a new format with hundreds of practice problems, and completely updated information to conform to the latest developments in every field of study. Each Outline presents all the essential course information in an easy-to-follow, topic-by-topic format and\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e1. Introduction\u003cbr\u003e2. Circuit Concepts \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e3. Circuit Laws\u003cbr\u003e4. Analysis Methods\u003cbr\u003e5. Amplifiers and Operational Amplifier Circuits\u003cbr\u003e6. Waveforms and Signals\u003cbr\u003e7. First-Order Circuits\u003cbr\u003e8. Higher-Order Circuits and Complex Frequency\u003cbr\u003e9. Sinusoidal Steady-State Circuit Analysis\u003cbr\u003e10. AC Power\u003cbr\u003e11. Polyphase Circuits\u003cbr\u003e12. Frequency Response, Filters, and Resonance\u003cbr\u003e13. Two-Port Networks\u003cbr\u003e14. Mutual Inductance and Transformers\u003cbr\u003e15. Circuit Analysis Using Spice and Pspice\u003cbr\u003e16. The LaPlace Transform Method\u003cbr\u003e17. Fourier Method of Waveform Analysis\u003cbr\u003eAppendix A Complex Number System\u003cbr\u003eAppendix B Matrices and Determinants","brand":"McGraw-Hill Education","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738465087831,"sku":"9781260011968","price":14.39,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781260011968.jpg?v=1723812071"},{"product_id":"the-fundamentals-of-heavy-tails-9781316511732","title":"The Fundamentals of Heavy Tails","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHeavy tails extreme events or values more common than expected emerge everywhere: the economy, natural events, and social and information networks are just a few examples. Yet after decades of progress, they are still treated as mysterious, surprising, and even controversial, primarily because the necessary mathematical models and statistical methods are not widely known. This book, for the first time, provides a rigorous introduction to heavy-tailed distributions accessible to anyone who knows elementary probability. It tackles and tames the zoo of terminology for models and properties, demystifying topics such as the generalized central limit theorem and regular variation. It tracks the natural emergence of heavy-tailed distributions from a wide variety of general processes, building intuition. And it reveals the controversy surrounding heavy tails to be the result of flawed statistics, then equips readers to identify and estimate with confidence. Over 100 exercises complete this eng\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e'Heavy tailed distributions are ubiquitous in many disciplines which use probabilistic models. The book by Nair, Wierman and Zwart is a superb introduction to the topic and presents fundamental principles in a rigorous yet accessible manner. It is a must-read for researchers interested in understanding heavy tails.' R. Srikant, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign\u003cbr\u003e'As one of the people who keeps discovering heavy tails in computer systems, I'm thrilled to see a book that delves into the deeper foundations behind these ubiquitous distributions. This beautifully written book is both mathematically precise and also full of intuitions and examples which make it accessible to newcomers in the field.' Mor Harchol-Balter, Carnegie Mellon University\u003cbr\u003e'The book provides a fresh look at heavy-tailed probability distributions on the real line and their role in applied probability. The authors show that these distributions appear via natural algebraic operations. Their approach, towards understanding properties of these distributions, combines the key mathematical ideas alongside with informal explanations. Physical intuition is also provided, for example, the 'catastrophe\/big jump principle' for heavy-tailed distributions versus the 'conspiracy principle' for light-tailed ones. The book is designed to help the practitioner and includes many interesting examples and exercises that may help to the reader to adjust and enjoy its content.' Sergey Foss, Heriot-Watt University\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCommonly used notation; 1. Introduction; Part I. Properties: 2. Scale invariance, power laws, and regular variation; 3. Catastrophes, conspiracies, and subexponential distributions; 4. Residual lives, hazard rates, and long tails; Part II. Emergence: 5. Additive processes; 6. Multiplicative processes; 7. Extremal processes; Part III. Estimation: 8. Estimating power-law distributions: Listen to the body; 9. Estimating power-law tails: Let the tail do the talking; References; Index.","brand":"Cambridge University Press","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738560213335,"sku":"9781316511732","price":58.12,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"reeds-vol-15-electronics-navigational-aids-and-radio-theory-for-electrotechnical-officers-2nd-edition-9781399410021","title":"Reeds Vol 15 Electronics Navigational Aids and","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eCovering the complete Association of Marine Electric and Radio Colleges (AMERC) syllabus for Electrotechnology Officers (ETOs), the book is divided into three sections: Basic Electronics; Navigational Aids (theory and fault finding); and Radio Communications (including GMDSS).\u003c\/b\u003eThe first textbook aimed primarily at Electro-technical Officers (covering the changes to the STCW 2010), volume 15 of the Reeds Marine Engineering Series includes technical diagrams, worked examples and self-study questions to help in student understanding.This second edition has been updated throughout, and expanded with new questions and answers. It is an essential book for all students undertaking an ETO course.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1 BASIC ELECTRONICS Insulators and Conductors Resistance Capacitance Inductance Semiconductors Signal Shaping Operational Amplifiers Transformers Amplifiers and Oscillators Power Supplies Digital Devices and Systems Displays Measuring Instruments 2 NAVIGATIONAL AIDS - THEORY AND FAULT FINDING Micro Computers Gyro Compass Autopilot Steering Gear Echo Sounder Speed Log Automatic Identification System (AIS) Long Range Identification and Tracking (LRIT) Global Positioning System (GPS) Differential GPS Loran C eLoran Radar Automatic Radar Plotting Aid (ARPA) Electronic Chart Display and Information System (ECDIS) Voyage Data Recorder (VDR) Navtex Fault Finding in Bridge Equipment Systems 3 RADIO COMMUNICATIONS Radiation and Propagation Amplitude and Angle Modulation Radio Transmitters Radio Receivers Receiver Characteristics Global Maritime Distress and Safety System (GMDSS) 4 QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS","brand":"Bloomsbury Publishing PLC","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738901360983,"sku":"9781399410021","price":52.25,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781399410021.jpg?v=1720050532"},{"product_id":"battery-management-systems-volume-i-battery-modeling-9781630810238","title":"Battery Management Systems, Volume I: Battery","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLarge-scale battery packs are needed in hybrid and electric vehicles, utilities grid backup and storage, and frequency-regulation applications. In order to maximize battery-pack safety, longevity, and performance, it is important to understand how battery cells work. This first of its kind new resource focuses on developing a mathematical understanding of how electrochemical (battery) cells work, both internally and externally.This comprehensive resource derives physics-based micro-scale model equations, then continuum-scale model equations, and finally reduced-order model equations. This book describes the commonly used equivalent-circuit type battery model and develops equations for superior physics-based models of lithium-ion cells at different length scales.This book presents a breakthrough technology called the \"discrete-time realization algorithm\" that automatically converts physics-based models into high-fidelity approximate reduced-order models.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBattery Boot Camp; Equivalent-Circuit Models; Microscale Cell Models; Continuum-Scale Cell Models; State-Space Models and the Discrete-Time Realization Algorithm; Reduced-Order Models; Thermal Modeling.","brand":"Artech House Publishers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48740695310679,"sku":"9781630810238","price":116.1,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781630810238.jpg?v=1720055376"},{"product_id":"phased-array-antenna-handbook-9781630810290","title":"Phased Array Antenna Handbook","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe third edition of an Artech House classic, Phased Array Antenna Handbook, provides new material on array and multibeam antennas and systems, including new methods, devices and machine learning techniques.   The authors cover the antenna system design, pattern synthesis, array architecture and components and current developments in subarray technology. Researchers and communication engineers will find the numerous equations and illustrations particularly helpful to evaluate antenna parameters, such as gain, sidelobe levels and noise.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe field of phased array antennas has evolved greatly since the publication of the First edition of the book in 1994. This is an exciting field which finds numerous applications in communication and radar technology. Large antenna arrays with electronically scanned beams and additionally with multiple beams and beamfoming capability are very appealing for the new 5G communication systems. Although the development of such systems is very challenging both from analysis and fabrication point of view, recent advances in computational electromagnetics, beam synthesis algorithms and fabrication technologies including additive manufacturing and 3D printing have been able to speed up analysis and reduce the time to market and manufacturing costs of large antenna arrays leading to numerous advances in the field. The book is a comprehensive and coherent presentation of the fundamental concepts and design challenges of phased array antennas and it is a valuable tool for both design engineers and academics and graduate students in the field. The material is divided in nine chapters which are clearly presented and ordered in a progressive manner from more general concepts and challenges to specialised topics. Chapters 1 and 2 are introductory chapters presenting fundamental characteristics of array antennas. Chapter 1 provides system analysis and figures of merit such as directivity, beamwidth, gain and noise temperature, bandwidth and grating lobes. Chapter 2 focuses on radiation pattern characteristics and introduces the effect of element mutual coupling and the concept of thinned arrays. The following two chapters deal with pattern synthesis methods. Chapter 3 focuses on the more \"conventional\" array topologies of linear and planar arrays while Chapter 4 focuses on nonplanar and conformal arrays. Well-known methods such as the Fourier transform method, the Woodward and the Dolph-Chebyshev synthesis are presented in Chapter 3 and also modern methods such as ones based on convex optimisation and alternate projections. In addition, the theory of adaptive arrays and sidelobe cancelers is provided. Chapter 4 addresses circular and cylindrical arrays and phase mode excitation and briefly spherical and truncated conical arrays. Having addressed the topic of pattern synthesis, Chapter 5 proceeds to present the different elements used in phased arrays from dipoles and monopoles to patch and slot antennas. Special attention is given to broadband elements such as flared notch, tapered slot, Vivaldi type and capacitively coupled dipole elements making reference to traditional as well as to more recent designs providing an excellent starting point to the antenna designer. The following chapters deal with more specialised topics of phased array antenna technology. Chapter 6 deals with mutual impedance effects due to element coupling and the problem of scan blindness. Chapter 7 addresses error effects such as amplitude and phase excitation errors and quantisation on the performance of the array in terms of sidelobe levels, beam pointing error and directivity variation. Chapter 8 presents multiple beam antennas including lens and reflector systems and reflect arrays. Finally, Chapter 9 addresses specialised arrays such as arrays for limited field of view and wideband arrays and addresses the complexity of the control and feed systems of the arrays. Robert J Mailloux is a world known authority in phased array technology and this book is without doubt an invaluable addition to the library of everyone working in the field. -- Dr. Apostolos Georgiadis * The Aeronautical Journal *\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePhased Arrays in Radar and Communication Systems; Pattern Characteristics of Linear and Planar Arrays; Pattern Synthesis for Linear and Planar Arrays; Patterns of Nonplanar Arrays; Elements for Phased Arrays; Summary of Element Pattern and Mutual Impedance Effects; Array Error Effects; Multiple Beam Antennas; Special Array Feeds for Limited Field-of-View and Wideband Coverage.","brand":"Artech House Publishers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48740695474519,"sku":"9781630810290","price":108.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781630810290.jpg?v=1720055378"},{"product_id":"li-ion-batteries-and-applications-volume-1-batteries-9781630817671","title":"Li-Ion Batteries and Applications, Volume 1:","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis comprehensive, two-volume resource provides a thorough introduction to lithium ion (Li-ion) technology. Readers get a hands-on understanding of Li-ion technology, are guided through the design and assembly of a battery, through deployment, configuration and testing. The book covers dozens of applications, with solutions for each application provided.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eVolume One focuses on the Li-ion cell and its types, formats, and chemistries. Cell arrangements and issues, including series (balance) and parallel (fusing, inrush current) are also discussed. Li-ion Battery Management Systems are explored, focusing on types and topologies, functions, and selection. Battery design, assembly, deployment, troubleshooting and repair are also discussed, along with modular batteries, split batteries and battery arrays. Written by a prominent expert in the field and packed with over 500 illustrations, these volumes contain solutions to practical problems, making it useful for both the novice and experienced practitioners.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eFundamental concepts; Li-ion cell; Cell arrangement; Li-ion BMS; Battery design; Modules \u0026amp; arrays; Assembly; Dysfunctions; Appendix.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Artech House Publishers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48740697407831,"sku":"9781630817671","price":124.2,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781630817671.jpg?v=1720055382"},{"product_id":"code-of-practice-for-building-automation-and-control-systems-9781785615634","title":"Code of Practice for Building Automation and","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eWithin the modern built environment, advanced engineering systems allow us to go about our daily lives in a relative degree of safety, comfort and security. Often, we do not give too much thought about what is happening behind the scenes.\u003c\/p\u003e                \u003cp\u003eEvery engineering system needs an energy source and control input to provide the service it is designed for. Without some degree of management, those engineering systems may not perform quite as intended. It is often unreliable to depend solely on building occupiers to satisfactorily control these engineering systems purely by manual means, and hence make the best use of the engineering systems for the benefit of all.\u003c\/p\u003e                \u003cp\u003eThe aim of this Code of Practice is to provide knowledge, understanding and good practice guidance on the design, evaluation, implementation and improvements on the use of automated controls used in mechanical and electrical engineering systems within the built environment.\u003c\/p\u003e                \u003cp\u003eThe Code of Practice also aims to provide clear and concise information on building automation and control systems that can be developed and applied to several different installations. There is often no single solution and therefore building controls must be specifically tailored to meet specific user needs, local technical requirements and the constraints of budget and resources.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 1: Introduction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 2: Building automation and control systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 3: BACS specification criteria\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 4: BACS operations criteria\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix A: Design and operational assessment tool\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix B: Energy management assessment tool\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix C: Links to energy management and energy efficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix D: BACS evaluation and self-assessment checklists\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix E: Worked examples\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix F: Competency and training\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix G: Standards and references\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Institution of Engineering and Technology","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48741363056983,"sku":"9781785615634","price":73.15,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781785615634.jpg?v=1720057360"},{"product_id":"code-of-practice-for-in-service-inspection-and-testing-of-electrical-equipment-9781785619663","title":"Code of Practice for In-service Inspection and","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the 5th edition of the IET's \u003ci\u003eCode of Practice for In-service Inspection and Testing of Electrical Equipment\u003c\/i\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e                \u003cp\u003eThis Code of Practice provides guidance on in-service inspection and testing to determine whether electrical equipment is safe for continued use. Duty-holders are required by law to consider the risks associated with the use of electrical equipment. The Code underpins the need to conduct inspection and testing of electrical equipment by considering the risks the equipment is exposed to and the environment it is used in, in addition to the skill level of the user. It applies to all workplaces and also some types of rented accommodation.\u003c\/p\u003e                \u003cp\u003eThis 5th Edition reinforces the necessity to establish and conduct appropriate safety checks, taking into account current working practices and legal requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e                \u003cp\u003eAmong some of the changes in this edition are:\u003c\/p\u003e                \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ethe requirements for electrical safety management\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eguidance on how to conduct a risk assessment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etesting needed to ensure safety in continued use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003echanges to acceptable test result limits and a new hierarchy of tests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003einclusion of ES1 and ES2 to reflect the changes to product standards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eguidance on the new product classifications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eupdated standard references\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003erevised model forms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e                \u003cp\u003eThe core purpose of this Code of Practice is to help achieve high standards of electrical safety and it is recommended reading for all duty-holders responsible for the management of electrical equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 1: Introduction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 2: Definitions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 3: Legal requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 4: Equipment scope and the need for maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 5: Training and competence\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 6: Equipment classifications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 7: User checks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 8: Formal visual inspection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 9: Test instruments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 10: Electrical tests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 11: The frequency of in-service inspection and testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 12: Reporting and record-keeping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 13: New and third-party equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix 1: British Standards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix 2: IP and IK Codes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix 3: Changes to electrical safety terminology and classifications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix 4: Model forms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix 5: Resistances of flexible cables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix 6: User checks and formal visual inspection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix 7: Equipment racks and bays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix 8: Electrical units and calculations relating to the inspection and testing of electrical equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix 9: Example risk assessments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Institution of Engineering and Technology","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48741363220823,"sku":"9781785619663","price":62.7,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781785619663.jpg?v=1720057363"},{"product_id":"fire-safety-logbook-9781803524306","title":"Fire Safety Logbook","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Independent Publishing Network","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48741858443607,"sku":"9781803524306","price":17.74,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781803524306.jpg?v=1720059068"},{"product_id":"aov-system-logbook-9781803524351","title":"AOV System Logbook","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Independent Publishing Network","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48741858541911,"sku":"9781803524351","price":17.74,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781803524351.jpg?v=1720059069"},{"product_id":"cctv-logbook-9781803524337","title":"CCTV Logbook","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Independent Publishing Network","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48741858607447,"sku":"9781803524337","price":17.39,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781803524337.jpg?v=1720059068"},{"product_id":"electrical-installation-logbook-9781803524382","title":"Electrical Installation Logbook","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Independent Publishing Network","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48741858836823,"sku":"9781803524382","price":16.52,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781803524382.jpg?v=1720059070"},{"product_id":"pat-portable-appliance-testing-logbook-9781803524344","title":"PAT (Portable Appliance Testing) Logbook","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Independent Publishing Network","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48741858902359,"sku":"9781803524344","price":16.52,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781803524344.jpg?v=1720059070"},{"product_id":"disabled-call-alarm-system-logbook-9781803524375","title":"Disabled Call Alarm System Logbook","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Independent Publishing Network","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48741858967895,"sku":"9781803524375","price":11.01,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781803524375.jpg?v=1720059070"},{"product_id":"landlords-domestic-dwelling-fire-safety-logbook-9781803524399","title":"Landlords Domestic Dwelling Fire Safety Logbook","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Independent Publishing Network","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48741859000663,"sku":"9781803524399","price":11.01,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781803524399.jpg?v=1720059069"},{"product_id":"code-of-practice-for-electric-vehicle-charging-equipment-installation-9781839531804","title":"Code of Practice for Electric Vehicle Charging","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis Code of Practice provides a clear overview of EV charging equipment, as well as setting out the considerations needed prior to installations and the necessary physical and electrical installation requirements. It also details what needs to be considered when installing electric vehicle charging equipment in various different locations - such as domestic dwellings, on-street locations, and commercial and industrial premises.\u003c\/p\u003e                \u003cp\u003eKey changes for the 4th Edition include:\u003c\/p\u003e                \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eGeneral requirements\u003c\/b\u003e - updated in line with the very latest amendment to BS 7671 (specifically within Section 722)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eOn street installations\u003c\/b\u003e - section updated to reflect a range of situations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eInstallations at dwellings\u003c\/b\u003e - section updated to provide greater clarity on domestic installs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eThree phase installations\u003c\/b\u003e - address in more detail within the commercial and industrial section of the code\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eVehicle to grid\u003c\/b\u003e - section updated and expanded providing useful background to this emerging development as well as providing detail on installation issues\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSmart infrastructure integration\u003c\/b\u003e - updated to cover installation considerations that are becoming increasingly complicated as EV charging needs to be compatible and integrated with a range of other systems and installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWireless charging\u003c\/b\u003e - expansion of coverage of this area as its potential begins to be established and realised\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 1: Scope\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 2: Overview of EV charging equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 3: Arrangements prior to installation commencement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 4: Physical installation requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 5: Electrical requirements - General\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 6: Electrical requirements - Dwelling installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 7: Electrical requirements - On-street installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 8: Electrical requirements - Commercial and industrial installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 9: Inspection, testing and maintenance requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 10: Vehicle as storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 11: Distribution network operator (DNO) notification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 12: Integration and smart infrastructure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnnex A: Charging connectors and charging cable types\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnnex B: Checklists for dwelling installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnnex C: Checklists for on-street installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnnex D: Checklists for commercial and industrial installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnnex E: Checklists for fuel filing station installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnnex F: Wireless power transfer (WPT) installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnnex G: Installing an earth electrode system to enable use of a PME supply earth, in accordance with Regulation 722.411.4.1 (ii) of BS 7671\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnnex H: Separation of earth electrode zones where TT is used, and installation of electrodes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnnex I: Determining a suitable location and voltage tripping threshold for a measurement earth electrode if used for compliance with Regulation 722.411.4.1 (iii) of BS 7671\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnnex J: A rule of thumb for three-phase system balance in accordance with Regulation 722.411.4.1 (i) of BS 7671\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnnex K: Supply and earthing arrangements for Mode 4 DC EVSE\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnnex L: Requirements of Electrical Installations BS 7671:018 Amendment 1:2020\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnnex M: Glossary\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnnex N: Figures and Tables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnnex O: References\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Institution of Engineering and Technology","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48742007308631,"sku":"9781839531804","price":78.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781839531804.jpg?v=1720059653"},{"product_id":"students-guide-to-the-iet-wiring-regulations-9781839532603","title":"Student's Guide to the IET Wiring Regulations","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ci\u003eStudent's Guide to the IET Wiring Regulations\u003c\/i\u003e is designed for students studying for a career in the electrotechnical industry. The content will enhance the reader's understanding of the IET Wiring Regulations and how to interpret them, as well as integrating with current qualifications being delivered.\u003c\/p\u003e                \u003cp\u003eThe simple format, using diagrams and examples, provides students with guidance to navigate their way through the information available in BS 7671 while studying electrical courses.\u003c\/p\u003e                \u003cp\u003eThe book provides information on various acts and regulations that students will need to know throughout their studies and into their careers, including easy to understand guidance designed to develop practical abilities and understanding of simple circuits. This publication has been further updated to include two subsequent amendments to the IET Wiring Regulations as BS 7671:2018+A2:2022.\u003c\/p\u003e                \u003cp\u003eBS 7671:2018+A2:2022 incorporates changes from the first amendment, published in 2020, regarding Electric Vehicle Charging Installations to provide greater guidance on embracing changing technology within this sector. Additional changes within the second amendment include protection against thermal effects and fire caused by electrical equipment, protection against voltage disturbances and electromagnetic disturbances, and a new chapter on prosumer's low-voltage electrical installations covering energy efficiency measures, the interface with the smart grid, the management of electricity consumption, the management of renewable sources of electricity, and energy storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eList of Figures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eList of Tables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAcknowledgements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWelcome\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 1: The IET Wiring Regulations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 2: Health and Safety\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 3: Generation and Transmission\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 4: Supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 5: Protection and Isolation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 6: Earthing and Bonding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 7: Cable Calculations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 8: Final Circuits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 9: Testing and Inspection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 10: Fault Finding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 11: Common Calculations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 12: Diversity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 13: Prosumer's Electrical Installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix A: Special installations or locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix B: Tables of symbols\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix C: Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP code)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnswers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndex\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Institution of Engineering and Technology","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48742007963991,"sku":"9781839532603","price":23.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781839532603.jpg?v=1720059658"},{"product_id":"guide-to-electrical-maintenance-9781839534928","title":"Guide to Electrical Maintenance","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eGood maintenance regimes do not happen by accident: they need careful planning, proactive management and comprehensive reporting.\u003c\/p\u003e                \u003cp\u003eThis Guide has been prepared for all those involved in maintenance; electrical technicians, maintenance managers and also office-based design staff. The document provides updates to the original text where necessary and introduces additional items and areas for consideration as part of a maintenance programme. Appendix B in the original document now forms a new Section to provide greater focus on the practical aspects across a wide range of electrical installations. Additional topics have been added, and the format revised to make it a more practical tool for technicians and supervisors alike.\u003c\/p\u003e                \u003cp\u003eA good maintenance regime has an increasingly significant role in a more sustainable world where correctly maintained electrical systems keep operating at their maximum energy efficiency for longer and are disposed of correctly at the end of their lifecycle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForeword\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAuthor Biography\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 1: Management aspects of electrical maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 2: Technical aspects of electrical maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix A: Checklists\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix B: Summary of relevant legislation and standards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix C: References\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix D: Glossary\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndex\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Institution of Engineering and Technology","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48742007996759,"sku":"9781839534928","price":62.7,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781839534928.jpg?v=1720059657"},{"product_id":"code-of-practice-for-grid-connected-solar-photovoltaic-systems-9781839537516","title":"Code of Practice for Grid-connected Solar","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis Code of Practice sets out the requirements for the design, specification, installation, commissioning, operation, and maintenance of grid-connected solar photovoltaic (PV) systems.\u003c\/p\u003e                \u003cp\u003eKey safety considerations in the protection and earthing of PV systems mounted on buildings and on the ground is covered in detail. It also contains requirements for commissioning, monitoring and maintenance throughout the lifetime of an installation. It is an invaluable resource for technicians and supervisors who may be responsible for overseeing solar PV systems deployment.\u003c\/p\u003e                \u003cp\u003eThis second edition provides updated information to ensure that a solar PV system is designed, competently installed and safe to operate in compliance with current national and international standards - including alignment to BS 7671:2018+A2:2022 and other relevant industry standards.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eList of Tables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eList of Figures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eParticipants in the Technical Committee\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAcknowledgements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 1: Introduction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 2: Overview of solar PV systems, components and architectures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 3: Solar PV array and module operating characteristics and behaviour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 4: System performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 5: DC system electrical design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 6: Protection against lightning and overvoltage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 7: Inverters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 8: AC system requirements: low voltage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 9: Network connection and DNO approval\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 10: High voltage (HV) systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 11: Mechanical and civil design and installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 12: System monitoring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 13: Battery storage systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 14: Installation process\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 15: Health and safety\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 16: System commissioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 17: Handover and documentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 18: Operation and maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix A: Glossary\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix B: Regulations, standards and guidance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix C: System labels and signs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix D: Regulatory marking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix E: Minimum depth of buried cables and height of overhead suspended cables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndex\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Institution of Engineering and Technology","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48742008029527,"sku":"9781839537516","price":72.1,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781839537516.jpg?v=1720059656"},{"product_id":"guide-to-electrical-installations-in-medical-locations-9781849197670","title":"Guide to Electrical Installations in Medical","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis guide provides definitive guidance on electrical installations in medical locations, including earthing and bonding arrangements. It expands the information in \u003ci\u003eGuidance Note 7: Special Locations\u003c\/i\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e                \u003cp\u003eThis guide is aimed at consultants and designers of medical installations, manufacturers and suppliers of related medical equipment, medical electrical equipment service technicians and electrical contractors working in healthcare.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 1: Introduction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 2: Related reading\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 3: Assessment of medical locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 4: Risk assessment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 5: Review of existing locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 6: Risks to patients: shock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 7: Patient environment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 8: Risks to patients: lack of resilience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 9: Fire survival\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 10: Comparison of the BS 7671 approach with HTM methodology\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 11: Safety integration level (SIL) rating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 12: Theatre operating lights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 13: Generator supplies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 14: Equipotential bonding: medical locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 15: Medical location lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 16: Defining a medical location\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 17: Group 0 design considerations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 18: Group 1 design considerations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 19: Other types of medical care\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 20: Group 2 design considerations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 21: Inspection and testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 22: Imaging and diagnostics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection 23: Mobile medical locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix 1: Information supporting medical location assessment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix 2: Common myths about medical locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix 3: Generator fault levels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix 4: Supplementary information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix 5: Example risk assessment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix 6: Typical medical IT system loads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix 7: Thermal effects on circuit-breakers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix 8: Effects of inrush current\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix 9: Group 2 handover checklist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix 10: Medical location supplementary test sheet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix 11: Recommended frequencies for inspection and testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Institution of Engineering and Technology","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48742277185879,"sku":"9781849197670","price":47.02,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781849197670.jpg?v=1720060742"},{"product_id":"the-energy-evolution-harnessing-free-energy-from-nature-9781858600611","title":"The Energy Evolution: Harnessing Free Energy From","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eNature produces energy by slow, cool, implosive means - by a centripeta inward motion, while our presnt culture uses explosive centrifugal (outwards) movement, which is wasteful and many times less powerful and effective. It aslo uses up the Earth's resources and pollutes her ecosystems.\u003c\/p\u003e   \u003cp\u003eThis volume describes different kinds of energy machines which depend on the principle of implosion:\u003c\/p\u003e   \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ea spring water-producing machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ea tornado home energy generator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ea Klimator which produces mountain-quality air\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ethe biotechnical submarine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ea technique for producing power from ocean deeps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Gill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48742363136343,"sku":"9781858600611","price":22.09,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"physics-of-solar-cells-the-9781860943492","title":"Physics Of Solar Cells, The","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book provides a comprehensive introduction to the physics of the photovoltaic cell. It is suitable for undergraduates, graduate students, and researchers new to the field. It covers: basic physics of semiconductors in photovoltaic devices; physical models of solar cell operation; characteristics and design of common types of solar cell; and approaches to increasing solar cell efficiency. The text explains the terms and concepts of solar cell device physics and shows the reader how to formulate and solve relevant physical problems. Exercises and worked solutions are included.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\"This book is clear and concise, gives adequate references and exercises, it summarizes the symbols and displays clear, legible, and informative illustrations. Nelson's obvious experience in lecturing on solar cells has made this book a most useful and recommendable reading.\"  Hans J Queisser  Max-Planck-Institute of Solid-State Research  Stuttgart, Germany  \"Photovoltaics will play an increasingly important role in a future low-carbon energy economy. Jenny Nelson has provided a splendidly clear, concise and readable account of the basic semiconductor physics of the solar cell, complete with student exercises and solutions. In the two fascinating final chapters, she takes her readers 'beyond the limit' of performance of the present-day crystalline silicon cell, describing advanced design concepts that could provide greatly improved efficiency. Warmly recommended to all who want to know how this beautiful technology really works.\"  Mary Archer  Cambridge University  \"This handy little book offers a pretty comprehensive introduction to the basic physics of the PV cell.\"  Photovoltaic Bulletin  \"This book is more encyclopedic, with clear figures and broad scope. It does a good job of clarifying the fundamental issues and is a less advanced text. It is, therefore, probably more approachable and more useful to the general reader.\"  Physics Today\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePhotons In, Electrons Out: Basic Principles of PV; Electrons and Holes in Semiconductors; Generation and Recombination; Junctions; Analysis of the p-n Junction; Monocrystalline Solar Cells; Thin Film Solar Cells; Managing Light; Over the Limit: Strategies for Higher Efficiency.","brand":"Imperial College Press","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48742375358807,"sku":"9781860943492","price":45.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781860943492.jpg?v=1720061137"},{"product_id":"ferranti-a-history-pt-2-9781905472018","title":"Ferranti: A History: Pt. 2","description":"","brand":"Crucible Books","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48742452527447,"sku":"9781905472017","price":20.4,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781905472017.jpg?v=1720061452"},{"product_id":"thin-film-and-flexible-thermoelectric-generators-devices-and-sensors-9783030458614","title":"Thin Film and Flexible Thermoelectric Generators,","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis book presents and facilitates new research and development results with hot topics in the thermoelectric generators (TEGs) field. Topics include: novel thin film; multilayer, composite and nanostructured thermoelectric materials; simulation of phenomena related to thermoelectricity; thermoelectric thin film and multilayer materials manufacturing technologies; measurement techniques for characterization; thermoelectric generators; and the simulation, modeling, design, thermal, and mechanical degradation problems. This book helps researchers tackle the challenges that still remain in creating cheap and effective TEGs and presents the latest trends and technologies in development and production of advanced thermoelectric generation devices.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNovel thin film and multilayer thermoelectric materials.- Simulation of phenomena related to thermoelectricity.- Thermoelectric thin film and multilayer materials manufacturing technologies.- Measurement techniques for Characterization thin film and multilayer materials and devices.- Thermolectric generators simulation, modeling, and design.- Thermal and mechanical degradation problems in prospective thin film and multilayer thermoeclectric materials and TEG modules.","brand":"Springer Nature Switzerland AG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743037010263,"sku":"9783030458614","price":54.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"small-electric-vehicles-an-international-view-on-light-three-and-four-wheelers-9783030658427","title":"Small Electric Vehicles: An International View on","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis edited open access book gives a comprehensive overview of small and lightweight electric three- and four-wheel vehicles with an international scope. The present status of small electric vehicle (SEV) technologies, the market situation and main hindering factors for market success as well as options to attain a higher market share including new mobility concepts are highlighted. An increased usage of SEVs can have different impacts which are highlighted in the book in regard to sustainable transport, congestion, electric grid and transport-related potentials. To underline the effects these vehicles can have in urban areas or rural areas, several case studies are presented covering outcomes of pilot projects and studies in Europe. A study of the operation and usage in the Global South extends the scope to a global scale. Furthermore, several concept studies and vehicle concepts on the market give a more detailed overview and show the deployment in different applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSmall electric vehicle concepts for sustainable future developments?- International Markets.- Case studies and applications of SEVs.- Impact studies and effects of SEV deployment.- Vehicle concepts and technologies.","brand":"Springer Nature Switzerland AG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743044219223,"sku":"9783030658427","price":44.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"approximate-computing-techniques-from-component-to-application-level-9783030947071","title":"Approximate Computing Techniques: From Component-","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis book serves as a single-source reference to the latest advances in Approximate Computing (AxC), a promising technique for increasing performance or reducing the cost and power consumption of a computing system. The authors discuss the different AxC design and validation techniques, and their integration. They also describe real AxC applications, spanning from mobile to high performance computing and also safety-critical applications.  \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eGeneral introduction Motivations.- Number representations.- Data level approximation.- Dynamic precision scaling.- Hardware level approximation.- Inexact operators.- Computation level approximation - algorithmic level.- Analysis of approximation effect on application quality.- Techniques for finite precision arithmetic.- Compilers and Programming Languages for Approximate Computing.- Design space exploration.- Word-length optimization for fixed-point and floating-point.- HLS of approximate accelerators.- Approximate Computing for IoT Applications.- Approximating Safety-Critical Applications.- Approximate Computing for HPC Applications.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Springer Nature Switzerland AG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743060504919,"sku":"9783030947071","price":55.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783030947071.jpg?v=1720063936"},{"product_id":"soc-physical-design-a-comprehensive-guide-9783030981143","title":"SoC Physical Design: A Comprehensive Guide","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eSoC Physical Design \u003c\/i\u003eis a comprehensive practical guide for VLSI designers that thoroughly examines and explains the practical physical design flow of system on chip (SoC). The book covers the rationale behind making design decisions on power, performance, and area (PPA) goals for SoC and explains the required design environment algorithms, design flows, constraints, handoff procedures, and design infrastructure requirements in achieving them. The book reveals challenges likely to be faced at each design process and ways to address them in practical design environments. Advanced topics on 3D ICs, EDA trends, and SOC trends are discussed in later chapters. Coverage also includes advanced physical design techniques followed for deep submicron SOC designs. The book provides aspiring VLSI designers, practicing design engineers, and electrical engineering students with a solid background on the complex physical design requirements of SoCs which are required to contribute effectively in design roles.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIntroduction.- SoC Physical Design Flow and Algorithms.- Physical Design Floor Plan and Placement.- Clock, Reset, and HFN.- Physical Design Routing.- Physical Design Verification.","brand":"Springer Nature Switzerland AG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743063126359,"sku":"9783030981143","price":66.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783030981143.jpg?v=1720063947"},{"product_id":"closed-loop-control-and-management-introduction-to-feedback-control-theory-with-data-stream-managers-9783031134821","title":"Closed Loop Control and Management: Introduction","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe block diagrams as engineering means for closed loop control, which have been established by classic control theory for decades, are replaced in the above mentioned book by networks, the signals are replaced by data. It corresponds to the „Industry 4.0“ and to the structure of today’s automatic control systems. Thereby a classic closed loop is treated not isolated from other elements of nowadays automation like bus communication and process logical control, and is completed in proposed book with new control elements, so called data stream managers (DSM). The proposed book treats the control theory systematically like it is done in classical books considering the new concept of data management. The  theory is  accompanied in the book with examples, exercises with solutions and MATLAB®-simulations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eClassic closed loop control from Heron till now:- Basics of the closed loop management.- Engineering of closed loops.- Mathematical Backgrounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Springer International Publishing AG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743071678807,"sku":"9783031134821","price":52.24,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783031134821.jpg?v=1720063985"},{"product_id":"embedded-systems-design-using-the-msp430fr2355-launchpad-9783031208874","title":"Embedded Systems Design using the MSP430FR2355","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis textbook for courses in Embedded Systems introduces students to necessary concepts, through a hands-on approach.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eLEARN BY EXAMPLE – This book is designed to teach the material the way it is learned, through example. Every concept is supported by numerous programming examples that provide the reader with a step-by-step explanation for how and why the computer is doing what it is doing.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eLEARN BY DOING – This book targets the Texas Instruments MSP430 microcontroller. This platform is a widely popular, low-cost embedded system that is used to illustrate each concept in the book. The book is designed for a reader that is at their computer with an \u003ci\u003eMSP430FR2355 LaunchPad\u003csup\u003eTM\u003c\/sup\u003e Development Kit\u003c\/i\u003e plugged in so that each example can be coded and run as they learn.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eLEARN BOTH ASSEMBLY AND C – The book teaches the basic operation of an embedded computer using assembly language so that the computer operation can be explored at a low-level. Once more complicated systems are introduced (i.e., timers, analog-to-digital converters, and serial interfaces), the book moves into the C programming language. Moving to C allows the learner to abstract the operation of the lower-level hardware and focus on understanding how to “make things work”.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eBASED ON SOUND PEDAGOGY - This book is designed with learning outcomes and assessment at its core. Each section addresses a specific learning outcome that the student should be able to “do” after its completion. The concept checks and exercise problems provide a rich set of assessment tools to measure student performance on each outcome.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION TO EMBEDDED SYSTEMS.- CHAPTER 2. DIGITAL LOGIC BASICS CHAPTER 3. COMPUTER SYSTEMSCHAPTER 4. THE MSP430CHAPTER 5. GETTING STARTED PROGRAMMING THE MSP430 IN ASSEMBLY.- CHAPTER 6. DATA MOVEMENT INSTRUCTIONS.- CHAPTER 7. DATA MANIPULATION INSTRUCTIONS.- CHAPTER 8. PROGRAM FLOW INSTRUCTIONS.- CHAPTER 9. DIGITAL I\/O.- CHAPTER 10. THE STACK AND SUBROUTINES.- CHAPTER 11. INTRODUCTION TO INTERRUPTS.- CHAPTER 12. INTRODUCTION TO TIMERS.- CHAPTER 13. SWITCHING TO THE C LANGUAGE.- CHAPTER 14. SERIAL COMMUNICATION IN C.- CHAPTER 15. ANALOG TO DIGITAL CONVERTERS.- CHAPTER 16. THE CLOCK SYSTEM.- CHAPTER 17. LOW-POWER MODES.- APPENDIX A. CONCEPT CHECK SOLUTIONS.","brand":"Springer International Publishing AG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743075807575,"sku":"9783031208874","price":53.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783031208874.jpg?v=1720064003"},{"product_id":"the-electric-century-how-the-taming-of-lightning-shaped-the-modern-world-9783319511542","title":"The Electric Century: How the Taming of Lightning","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis book is about how electricity has profoundly changed the way we live, work, and play. Some twenty topics are covered, with an abundance of graphs and images to build a comprehensive picture. Each looks at the developments, and the people who initiated them, together with how one led to the next and their subsequent impact on society. Topics include electric supply, lighting through X-rays, and all those appliances that make our homes so comfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMost homes at the end of the twentieth century were full of electrical equipment, much of which was regarded as essential. It ran from lights, washing machines, fridges, freezers, kettles, telephones and so on, to the more subtle things such as wipers and starter motors on cars. In 1900, in all but a tiny minority of houses, there were none of these things. It is very difficult for us now to imagine a world without electrical equipment everywhere, and yet it has only taken a century. \u003ci\u003eThe Electric Century\u003c\/i\u003e examines how we got from then to now.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e The nineteenth is often described as the century of steam from the impact it had on employment and transport, and \u003ci\u003eThe Electric Century\u003c\/i\u003e makes a similar claim as the description of the twentieth. Electricity and the equipment using it are so pervasive that they have affected every corner of modern life.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e“Williams is very thorough, and as with the electronics book, he or she is at his or her best when giving us historical statistics and nuggets of information about, for example, the early fragmented electricity generation companies, or Marconi's work or the development of batteries. … if you'd like to fill in some gaps in the history of technology, it's worth taking on.” (Brian Clegg, Popular Science, popsciencebooks.blogspot.com, January, 2018)\u003cbr\u003e“There is a good table of contents, a detailed bibliography, and a good index. This is an interesting treatise on the impact of electricity on our world. Williams’ book differs from others on this subject in the diversity of aspects covered and by also considering their social impacts on our society. A very enjoyable book.” (David B. Henderson, Computing Reviews, March, 2018)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Springer International Publishing AG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743096844631,"sku":"9783319511542","price":38.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783319511542.jpg?v=1720064095"},{"product_id":"six-phase-electric-machines-9783319758282","title":"Six-Phase Electric Machines","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis book presents the design methodology and electrical diagrams of symmetrical six-phase windings, the main elements of the six-phase  that are being developed to help meet the demand for high power electric drive systems that are resilient and energy efficient. Chapters are fully illustrated and include detailed tables that provide a comprehensive analysis of energy exchange processes ranging from electrical to magnetic and reveal the advantages of such windings against analogical three-phase windings. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGeneral Characteristics of Symmetrical Six-Phase Windings of Alternating Current Electrical Machines.- Design of Single-Layer Six-Phase Windings, Design of Double-Layer Six-Phase Windings, Design of Fractional Six-Phase Windings.","brand":"Springer International Publishing AG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743104938327,"sku":"9783319758282","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"fuel-cells-data-facts-and-figures-9783527332403","title":"Fuel Cells: Data, Facts, and Figures","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis ready reference is unique in collating in one scientifically precise and comprehensive handbook the widespread data on what is feasible and realistic in modern fuel cell technology.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEdited by one of the leading scientists in this exciting area, the short, uniformly written chapters provide economic data for cost considerations and a full overview of demonstration data, covering such topics as fuel cells for transportation, fuel provision, codes and standards.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe result is highly reliable facts and figures for engineers, researchers and decision makers working in the field of fuel cells.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface XV\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart I Transportation 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eI-1 Propulsion 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eI-1.1 Benchmarks and Definition of Criteria 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Battery Electric Vehicles 3\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eBruno Gnörich and Lutz Eckstein\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Passenger Car Drive Cycles 12\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eThomas Grube\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Drive Cycles for Passenger Car Type Approval 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Drive Cycles from Research Projects 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Drive Cycle Characteristics 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Graphic Representation of Selected Drive Cycles 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 Conclusion 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Hydrogen Fuel Quality 22\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eJames M. Ohi\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Hydrogen Fuel 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Fuel Quality Effects 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Fuel Quality for Fuel Cell Vehicles 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Single Cell Tests 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Field Data 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7 Fuel Quality Verification 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8 Conclusion 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Fuel Consumption 30\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eAmgad Elgowainy and Erika Sutherland\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Hydrogen Production 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Hydrogen Packaging 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Hydrogen Consumption in FCEVs 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Conclusion 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eI-1.2 Demonstration 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eI-1.2.1 Passenger Cars 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Global Development Status of Fuel Cell Vehicles 39\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eRemzi Can Samsun\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Update on Recent Activities of Car Manufacturers 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Key Data and Results from Demonstration Programs 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Technical Data of Fuel Cell Vehicles 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1 Daimler 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2 Ford 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.3 GM\/Opel 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.4 Honda 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.5 Hyundai\/Kia 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.6 Nissan 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.7 Toyota 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.8 Volkswagen 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Conclusions 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Transportation – China – Passenger Cars 61\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eYingru Zhao\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 National R\u0026amp;D Strategy (2011–2015) 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Government Policy 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Published Technical Standards 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Demonstrations 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 Commercialization – Case of SAIC Motor 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7 Conclusions 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Results of Country Specific Program – Korea 69\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eTae-Hoon Lim\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Introduction 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 FCV Demonstration Program 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVI Contents\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1 The 1st Phase of the FCV Demonstration Project 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2 The 2nd Phase of the FCV Demonstration Project 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Summary 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 GM HydroGen4 – A Fuel Cell Electric Vehicle based on the Chevrolet Equinox 75\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eUlrich Eberle and Rittmar von Helmolt\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Introduction 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Technology 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Conclusions 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eI-1.2.2 Buses 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Results of Country Specific Programs – USA 89\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eLeslie Eudy\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Introduction 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 FCEB Descriptions 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 SunLine Advanced Technology Fuel Cell Electric Bus 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1 Fuel Economy 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2 Availability 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Zero Emission Bay Area Program 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.1 Fuel Economy 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.2 Availability 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 SunLine American Fuel Cell Bus 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.1 Fuel Economy 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.2 Availability 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6 Conclusion 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eI-1.3 PEM fuel cells 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Polymer Electrolytes 101\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eJohn Kopasz and Cortney Mittelsteadt\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Introduction 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Membrane Properties 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.1 Water uptake and Swelling 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.2 Protonic Conductivity 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.3 Permeability 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.4 Membrane Mechanical Properties and Durability 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Conclusions 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 MEAs for PEM Fuel Cells 110\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eAndrew J. Steinbach and Mark K. Debe\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Introduction 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 MEA Basic Components (PEMs, Catalysts, GDLs and Gaskets) 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 MEA Performance, Durability, and Cost Targets for Transportation 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 MEA Robustness and Sensitivity to External Factors 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5 Technology Gaps 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.6 Conclusion 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Gas Diffusion Layer 121\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eSehkyu Park\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Introduction 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Macroporous Substrate 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Microporous Layer 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4 Characterization of GDL 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5 Conclusion 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 Materials for PEMFC Bipolar Plates 128\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eHeli Wang and John A. Turner\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1 Introduction 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2 Composite BP Materials 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3 Metallic BP Materials 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.1 Light Alloys 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.2 Stainless Steel Bipolar Plates 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.2.1 Metal-Based Coatings 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.2.2 Carbon\/Polymer-Based Coatings 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.3 Remarks 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e14 Single Cell for Proton Exchange Membrane Fuel Cells (PEMFCs) 135\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eHyoung-Juhn Kim\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1 Introduction 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2 Main Components of a Single Cell for a PEMFC 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3 Assembly of a Single Cell 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4 Measurement of a Single Cell Performance 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5 Conclusions 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eI-1.4 Hydrogen 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eI-1.4.1 On board storage 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e15 Pressurized System 143\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eRajesh Ahluwalia and Thanh Hua\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1 Introduction 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2 High Pressure Storage System 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3 Cost 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4 Conclusions 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e16 Metal Hydrides 149\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eVitalie Stavila and Lennie Klebanoff\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.1 Metal Hydrides as Hydrogen Storage Media 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2 Classes of Metal Hydrides 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2.1 Interstitial Metal Hydrides 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2.2 Magnesium and Magnesium-Based Alloys 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2.3 Complex Metal Hydrides 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2.3.1 Off-Board Reversible Metal Hydrides 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3 How Metal Hydrides Could Be Improved 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e17 Cryo-Compressed Hydrogen Storage 162\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eTobias Brunner, Markus Kampitsch, and Oliver Kircher\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.1 Introduction 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2 Thermodynamic Principles 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.3 System Design and Operating Principles 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.4 Validation and Safety 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.5 Summary 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eI-1.4.2 On board safety 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e18 On-Board Safety 177\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eRajesh Ahluwalia and Thanh Hua\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.1 Introduction 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.2 High Pressure Fuel Container System 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.3 Hydrogen Refueling Requirements and Safety 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.4 Conclusions 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eI-2 Auxiliary power units (APU) 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e19 Fuels for APU Applications 185\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eRemzi Can Samsun\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.1 Introduction 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.2 Diesel Fuel 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.2.1 Petroleum-Based Diesel Fuels 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.2.2 Non-Petroleum-Based Diesel Fuels 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.3 Jet Fuel 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.3.1 Petroleum-Based Jet Fuels 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.3.2 Non-Petroleum-Based Jet Fuels 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.4 Other Fuels 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.4.1 Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG) 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.4.2 Methanol 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.5 Conclusion 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e20 Application Requirements\/Targets for Fuel Cell APUs 197\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eJacob S. Spendelow and Dimitrios C. Papageorgopoulos\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.1 Introduction 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.2 DOE Technical Targets 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.2.1 Status and Targets of Fuel Cell APUs 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.2.2 Target Justification 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.2.2.1 Electrical Efficiency at Rated Power 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.2.2.2 Power Density 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.2.2.3 Specific Power 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.2.2.4 Factory Cost 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.2.2.5 Transient Response 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.2.2.6 Startup Time 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.2.2.7 Degradation with Cycling 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.2.2.8 Operating Lifetime 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.2.2.9 System Availability 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e21 Fuel Cells for Marine Applications 202\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eKeno Leites\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.1 Introduction 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.2 Possible Fuel Cell Systems for Ships 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.3 Maritime Fuel Cell Projects 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.4 Development Goals for Future Systems 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.5 Conclusions 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e22 Reforming Technologies for APUs 208\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eRalf Peters\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.1 Introduction 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.2 Guideline 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.2.1 Chemical Reactions 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.2.2 Aspects of System Design 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.2.3 Catalysts in Fuel Processing 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.2.4 Reactor Development of Fuel Processing 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.2.5 Further Data Sets of Interest 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.2.6 Other Fuels 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix 22.A 220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbbreviation 220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Symbols 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDefinitions 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e23 PEFC Systems for APU Applications 225\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eRemzi Can Samsun\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.1 Introduction 225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.2 PEFC Operation with Reformate 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.3 Application Concepts 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.4 System Design 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.5 System Efficiency 232\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.6 System Test 232\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.7 Conclusion 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e24 High Temperature Polymer Electrolyte Fuel Cells 235\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eWerner Lehnert, Lukas Lüke, and Remzi Can Samsun\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24.1 Introduction 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24.2 Operating Behavior of Cells and Stacks 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24.3 System Level 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e25 Fuel Cell Systems for APU. SOFC: Cell, Stack, and Systems 248\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eNiels Christiansen\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart II Stationary 257\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e26 Deployment and Capacity Trends for Stationary Fuel Cell Systems in the USA 259\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eMax Wei, Shuk Han Chan, Ahmad Mayyas, and Tim Lipman\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e26.1 Fuel-Cell Backup Systems 260\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e26.2 Fuel-Cell Combined Heat and Power and Electricity 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e27 Specific Country Reports: Japan 270\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eTomio Omata\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e27.1 Introduction 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e27.2 Start of the Sales of Residential Fuel Cell Systems 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e27.3 Market Growth of the Ene-Farm 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e27.4 Technical Development of the Ene-Farm 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e27.4.1 SOFC-type Ene-Farm and Improvement of Performance 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e27.4.2 The Ene-Farm as an Emergency Electric Supply System 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e27.4.3 Ene-Farms for Nitrogen Rich City Gas 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e27.5 Sales of the Ene-Farm for Condominiums 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e27.6 Conclusions 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e28 Backup Power Systems 276\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eShanna Knights\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e28.1 Introduction 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e28.2 Application and Power Levels 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e28.3 Advantages 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e28.4 Fuel Choice 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e28.5 Product Parameters 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e28.6 Economics 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e28.7 Conclusion 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e29 Stationary Fuel Cells – Residential Applications 282\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eIain Staffell\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e29.1 Introduction 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e29.2 Key Characteristics 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e29.2.1 Residential Energy Sector 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e29.2.2 Residential Fuel Cell Systems 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e29.3 Technical Performance 284\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e29.3.1 Efficiency 284\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e29.3.2 Degradation 285\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e29.3.3 Lifetime 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e29.3.4 Emissions 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e29.4 Economic and Market Status 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e29.4.1 Capital Costs 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e29.4.2 Sales Volumes 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e29.5 Conclusions 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e30 Fuels for Stationary Applications 293\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eStephen J. McPhail\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e30.1 Introduction 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e30.2 Natural Gas 294\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e30.3 Biogas, Landfill Gas, and Biomethane 296\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e30.4 (Bio)ethanol 298\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e30.5 Hydrogen 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 302\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e31 SOFC: Cell, Stack and System Level 304\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eAnke Hagen\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e31.1 Introduction 304\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e31.2 Cell Concepts and Materials 305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e31.3 Cell Designs 307\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e31.4 Stack Concepts 310\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e31.5 Stationary Systems 310\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e31.6 Performance and Durability Parameters 313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 319\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart III Materials handling 321\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e32 Fuel Cell Forklift Systems 323\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eMartin Müller\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e32.1 Introduction 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e32.2 Forklift Classification 324\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e32.3 Load Profile of Horizontal Order Pickers 324\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e32.4 Energy Supply for Forklifts 326\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e32.5 Systems Setup and Hybridization 326\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e32.6 Cost Comparison of Different Propulsion Systems for Forklifts 328\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 332\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e33 Fuel Cell Forklift Deployment in the USA 334\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eAhmad Mayyas, Max Wei, Shuk Han Chan, and Tim Lipman\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e33.1 Fuel Cell-Powered Material Handling Equipment 334\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 340\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart IV Fuel provision 343\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e34 Proton Exchange Membrane Water Electrolysis 345\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eAntonino S. Aricò, Vincenzo Baglio, Nicola Briguglio, Gaetano Maggio, and Stefania Siracusano\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e34.1 Introduction 345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e34.2 Bibliographic Analysis of PEM Electrolysis versus Water Electrolysis 346\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e34.3 Electrocatalysts Used in PEM Water Electrolysis 347\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e34.4 Anode Supports for PEM Water Electrolysis 349\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e34.5 Membranes for PEM Electrolysis 349\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e34.6 Stack and System Costs in PEM Electrolysis 351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e34.7 PEM Electrolysis Systems in Comparison with Competing Technologies 352\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 354\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e35 Power-to-Gas 357\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eGerda Reiter\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e35.1 Introduction 357\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e35.2 Main Components and Process Steps 358\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e35.2.1 Water Electrolysis 358\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e35.2.2 CH4 Synthesis 360\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e35.2.3 CO2 Separation 361\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e35.3 Transport and Application of H2 and CH4 363\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e35.4 Current Developments: Pilot Plants 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e35.5 Conclusion 366\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 366\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart V Codes and standards 369\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e36 Hydrogen Safety and RCS (Regulations, Codes, and Standards) 371\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eAndrei V. Tchouvelev\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e36.1 Introduction 371\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e36.2 Hydrogen Safety 372\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e36.2.1 Flammability Limits and Ignition Energy 372\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e36.2.1.1 Unique Hydrogen Flammability Limits 372\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e36.2.1.2 Hydrogen Ignition Energy 372\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e36.2.2 Materials Compatibility 374\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e36.2.2.1 Hydrogen Embrittlement 374\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e36.2.2.2 Materials Suitability for Hydrogen Service 375\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e36.3 Hydrogen Regulations, Codes, and Standards (RCS) International Activities 376\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e36.3.1 ISO\/TC 197 Hydrogen Technologies 376\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e36.3.2 CEN and European Commission 376\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e36.3.3 HySafe and IEA HIA Hydrogen Safety Activities 377\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e36.4 Conclusions 377\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 377\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 378\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 379\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743117455703,"sku":"9783527332403","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"the-essentials-of-power-system-dynamics-and-control-9789811089138","title":"The Essentials of Power System Dynamics and","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis book presents a general framework for modelling power system devices to develop complete electromechanical models for synchronous machines, induction machines, and power electronic devices. It also presents linear system analysis tools that are specific to power systems and which are not generally taught in undergraduate linear system courses. Lastly, the book covers the application of the models, analysis and tools to the design of automatic voltage controllers and power system stabilisers, both for single-machine-infinite-bus systems and multi-machine interconnected systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn most textbooks modelling, dynamic analysis, and control are closely linked to the computation methods used for analysis and design. In contrast, this book separates the essential principles and the computational methods used for power system dynamics and control. The clear distinction between principles and methods makes the potentially daunting task of designing controllers for power systems much easier to approach.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA rich set of exercises is also included, and represents an integral part of the book. Students can immediately apply—using any computational tool or software—the essential principles discussed here to practical problems, helping them master the essentials.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Introduction\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe dq0 Transformation \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDevice Models \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eNetwork Modelling \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Synchronous Machines\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe Model \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eEquations in Per Unit System \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eSteady-state Conditions \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eSingle Machine Infinite Bus (SMIB) \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eExercises\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e      Direct-axis Transient Inductance \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e      Quadrature-axis Transient Inductance \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e      Steady-state Output Power \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e      Voltage behind Transient Inductance \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e      Equivalence of two models \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e      Power Transfer Curves \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e      Simulation I \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e      Steady-state \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e      Simulation II \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e      Simulation III \u003c\/p\u003e      Three-phase Short-circuit Simulation \u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e      Equal-Area Criterion \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e      Step Change in field voltage\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e      V-curves \u003c\/p\u003e      Phasor to dq-Frame - Part I \u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e      Phasor to dq-Frame - Part II \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e      Transmission line inductance \u003c\/p\u003e      Terminal Voltage\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e      Operational Impedance \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e      Operational Impedance \u0026amp; Sub-transient Model \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cb\u003e3 Induction Machines\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe Model \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eSteady-state conditions \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eExercise \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e      Steady-State Equivalent Circuit \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e      Steady-State Output Power \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e       Steady-State Torque vs Speed \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e        Doubly-\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003efed Induction Machine - Steady-state \u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e        Voltage Behind Transient Inductance \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e        Simulation \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e        Doubly-fed Induction Machine \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e         Vector Control \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e         Dynamic Equations with delta\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e         Phasor to dq-Frame - Part I \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e         Phasor to dq-Frame - Part II \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Network Equations Power Systems\u003c\/b\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eMachines as Active Loads \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eSubmatrices in the Model Equations\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eForming Z-matrices\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eForming D-matrices\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eNetwork Equations Referred to Machine Internal Variables\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Simulations\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  SMIB Simulation Plots \u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eInduction Machine Simulation \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eFour-bus System \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eMat\u003c\/p\u003elab Scr\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003eipts  Saturation \u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Linear Control: Analysis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eIntroduction \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eLinear Differential Equations \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eFirst Order Differential Equations \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eSecond Order Differential Equations \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eSimultaneous First Order Differential Equations \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eSecond Order System Response \u003c\/p\u003e  Modal Analysis \u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e   Eigenvalue Sensitivity \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e   Participation Matrix \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e   Frequency Response \u003c\/p\u003e   Root-Locus \u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e   Residues \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e   Dominant Residue Method \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e   Feedback and Residues \u003c\/p\u003e  Linearisation \u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e      Linearisation by Perturbation \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eSynchronous Machine Linearisation \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eSingle Machine Infinite Bus Equations (without AVR) \u003c\/p\u003e  Single Machine Infinite Bus Equations (with AVR) \u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eExercises\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e    Synchronous Machine Damping Torque \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u0026amp;nbs\u003c\/p\u003ep;  Synch\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003eronising and Damping Torques \u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e    Multi-machine Systems \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 AVR Tuning \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eAVR Performance Requirements \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eAVR Models  \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePractical Exciters \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eControl for Governors \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eZiegler-Nichols Tuning Method for PID Control \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003ePID Control of Governor \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Power System Stabilisers \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003ePSS Design\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eOther PSS Design Methods \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eTwo Lead Blocks \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eMulti-machine System PSS Design \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ci\u003e    G\u003csub\u003epvr\u003c\/sub\u003e(s)\u003c\/i\u003e for multi-machine systems  \u003cp\u003e    Eigenvalue Sensitivity and Participation Matrix \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e    Dynamic Simulation - Local Mode \u003c\/p\u003e    Dynamic Simulation - Inter-area Mode\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e     Eigenvectors and Participation Factors","brand":"Springer Verlag, Singapore","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743275495767,"sku":"9789811089138","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"design-sensitivity-analysis-and-optimization-of-electromagnetic-systems-9789811302299","title":"Design Sensitivity Analysis and Optimization of","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis book presents a comprehensive introduction to design sensitivity analysis theory as applied to electromagnetic systems. It treats the subject in a unified manner, providing numerical methods and design examples. The specific focus is on continuum design sensitivity analysis, which offers significant advantages over discrete design sensitivity methods. Continuum design sensitivity formulas are derived from the material derivative in continuum mechanics and the variational form of the governing equation. Continuum sensitivity analysis is applied to Maxwell equations of electrostatic, magnetostatic and eddy-current systems, and then the sensitivity formulas for each system are derived in a closed form; an integration along the design interface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe book also introduces the recent breakthrough of the topology optimization method, which is accomplished by coupling the level set method and continuum design sensitivity. This topology optimization method enhances the possibility of the global minimum with minimised computational time, and in addition the evolving shapes during the iterative design process are easily captured in the level set equation. Moreover, since the optimization algorithm is transformed into a well-known transient analysis algorithm for differential equations, its numerical implementation becomes very simple and convenient.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e Despite the complex derivation processes and mathematical expressions, the obtained sensitivity formulas are very straightforward for numerical implementation. This book provides detailed explanation of the background theory and the derivation process, which will help readers understand the design method and will set the foundation for advanced research in the future.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e1. Introduction. 1.1 Optimal Design Process. 1.2 Design Steps of Electromagnetic System. 1.3 Design Variables. 1.4 Equations and Characteristics of Electromagnetic Systems. 1.4.1 Maxwell’s Equations and Governing Equations. 1.4.2 Characteristics of Electromagnetic Systems. 1.5 Design Sensitivity Analysis. 1.5.1 Finite Difference Method. 1.5.2 Discrete Method. 1.5.3 Continuum Method.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e2. Variational Formulation of Electromagnetic Systems. 2.1 Variational Formulation of Electrostatic System. 2.1.1 Differential State Equation. 2.1.2 Variational State Equation. 2.2 Variational Formulation of Magnetostatic System. 2.2.1 Differential State Equation. 2.2.2 Variational State Equation. 2.3 Variational Formulation of Eddy Current System. 2.3.1 Differential State Equation. 2.3.2 Variational State Equation. 2.4 Variational Formulation of DC Conductor System. 2.4.1 Differential State Equation. 2.4.2 Variational State Equation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e3. Continuum Shape Design Sensitivity of Electrostatic System. 3.1 Material Derivative and Formula. 3.1.1 Material Derivative. 3.1.2 Material Derivative Formula. 3.2 Shape Sensitivity of Outer Boundary. 3.2.1 Problem Definition and Objective Function. 3.2.2 Lagrange Multiplier Method for Sensitivity Derivation. 3.2.3 Adjoint Variable Method for Sensitivity Analysis. 3.2.4 Boundary Expression of Shape Sensitivity. 3.2.5 Analytical Example. 3.2.6 Numerical Examples. 3.3 Shape Sensitivity of Outer Boundary for System Energy. 3.3.1 Problem Definition. 3.3.2 Lagrange Multiplier Method for Energy Sensitivity. 3.3.3 Adjoint Variable Method for Sensitivity Analysis. 3.3.4 Boundary Expression of Shape Sensitivity. 3.3.5 Source Condition and Capacitance Sensitivity. 3.3.6 Analytical Example. 3.3.7 Numerical Examples. 3.4 Shape Sensitivity of Interface. 3.4.1 Problem Definition and Objective Function. 3.4.2 Lagrange Multiplier Method for Sensitivity Derivation. 3.4.3 Adjoint Variable Method for Sensitivity Analysis. 3.4.4 Boundary Expression of Shape Sensitivity. 3.4.5 Analytical Example. 3.4.6 Numerical Example. 3.5 Shape Sensitivity of Interface for System Energy. 3.5.1 Problem Definition. 3.5.2 Lagrange Multiplier Method for Energy Sensitivity. 3.5.3 Adjoint Variable Method for Sensitivity Analysis. 3.5.4 Boundary Expression of Shape Sensitivity. 3.5.5 Source Condition and Capacitance Sensitivity. 3.5.6 Analytical Example. 3.5.7 Numerical Examples.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e4. Continuum Shape Design Sensitivity of Magnetostatic System. 4.1 Interface Shape Sensitivity. 4.1.1 Problem Definition and Objective Function. 4.1.2 Lagrange Multiplier Method for Sensitivity Derivation. 4.1.3 Adjoint Variable Method for Sensitivity Analysis. 4.1.4 Boundary Expression of Shape Sensitivity. 4.1.5 Interface Problems. 4.1.6 Analytical Example. 4.1.7 Numerical Examples. 4.2 Interface Shape Sensitivity for System Energy. 4.2.1 Problem Definition. 4.2.2 Lagrange Multiplier Method for Energy Sensitivity. 4.2.3 Adjoint Variable Method for Sensitivity Analysis. 4.2.4 Boundary Expression of Shape Sensitivity. 4.2.5 Interface Problems. 4.2.6 Source Condition and Inductance Sensitivity. 4.2.7 Analytical Examples. 4.2.8 Numerical Examples.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e5. Continuum Shape Design Sensitivity of Eddy Current System. 5.1 Interface Shape Sensitivity. 5.1.1 Problem Definition and Objective Function. 5.1.2 Lagrange Multiplier Method for Sensitivity Derivation. 5.1.3 Adjoint Variable Method for Sensitivity Analysis. 5.1.4 Boundary Expression of Shape Sensitivity. 5.1.5 Interface Problems. 5.1.6 Numerical Examples. 5.2 Interface Shape Sensitivity for System Power. 5.2.1 Problem Definition. 5.2.2 Adjoint Variable Method for Power Sensitivity. 5.2.3 Boundary Expression of Shape Sensitivity. 5.2.4 Sensitivities of Resistance and Inductance. 5.2.5 Numerical Examples.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e6. Continuum Shape Design Sensitivity of DC Conductor System. 6.1 Shape Sensitivity of Outer Boundary. 6.1.1 Problem Definition and Objective Function. 6.1.2 Lagrange Multiplier Method for Sensitivity Derivation. 6.1.3 Adjoint Variable Method for Sensitivity Analysis. 6.1.4 Boundary Expression of Shape Sensitivity. 6.2 Shape Sensitivity of Outer Boundary for Joule loss power. 6.2.1 Problem Definition. 6.2.2 Boundary Expression of Shape Sensitivity. 6.2.3 Resistance Sensitivity. 6.2.4 Analytical Examples. 6.2.5 Numerical Examples.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  7. Level Set Method and Continuum Sensitivity. 7.1 Level Set Method. 7.2 Coupling of Continuum Sensitivity and Level Set Method. 7.3 Numerical Considerations.\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  8. Hole and Dot Sensitivity for Topology Optimization. 8.1 Hole Sensitivity. 8.1.1 Hole Sensitivity in Dielectric Material. 8.1.2 Hole Sensitivity in Magnetic Material. 8.1.3 Numerical Examples. 8.2 Dot Sensitivity. 8.2.1 Dot Sensitivity in Dielectric Material. 8.2.2 Dot Sensitivity in Magnetic Material. 8.2.3 Numerical Examples. \u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eAppendix A. More Examples of Electrostatic System. A.1 Outer Boundary Design. A.2 Outer Boundary Design for System Energy. A.3 Interface Design. A.4 Interface Design for System Energy. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAppendix B. More Examples of Magnetostatic System. B.1 Interface Design. B.2 Interface Design for System Energy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAppendix C. More Examples of Eddy Current System. C.1 Interface Design for System Power. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eAppendix D. More Examples of DC Conductor System. D.1 Outer Boundary Design for Joule Loss Power.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Springer Verlag, Singapore","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743286604119,"sku":"9789811302299","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"collins-complete-diy-manual-9780007425952","title":"Collins Complete DIY Manual","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCollins Complete DIY Manual has sold over 3 million copies and is the most comprehensive and authoritative DIY manual ever produced.For novices, DIY enthusiasts or professionals, this essential book continues to be the most in-depth, up-to-date and user-friendly DIY book on the market, covering everything from decorating and repairs to electricity, plumbing and much more.This fully updated version features an even more accessible design to help you navigate easily through the info, and thousands of new photographs and illustrations to make sure you get your job done quickly and safely. There have been many changes to regulations in recent years, particularly in electricity (the new Part P legislation and changes to cable colours)  the Manual not only lists but also clearly explains these new regs and helps you work with them.And as we all become much more conscious of the environmental impact our homes have, new material on energy-saving DIY is essential reading for any householder  saving you money too in the process.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e“A book that does exactly what it says on the tin” – Sarah Vine, The Times\u003c\/p\u003e           \u003cp\u003e“For novices and competent DIYers alike, it continues to be the most user-friendly manual for any job from installing a toilet to replacing a tap…A new generation of DIYers may no longer justify space for a weighty book like this on their shelves, but for me at least, it is an essential reference.” – Self Build \u0026amp; Design\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HarperCollins Publishers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48863846105431,"sku":"9780007425952","price":28.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780007425952.jpg?v=1722269295"},{"product_id":"introduction-to-nonlinear-control-9780691240480","title":"Introduction to Nonlinear Control","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Princeton University Press","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48865553711447,"sku":"9780691240480","price":60.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780691240480.jpg?v=1722274532"},{"product_id":"electromagnetic-wave-propagation-radiation-and-scattering-9781118098813","title":"Electromagnetic Wave Propagation Radiation and","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eOne of the most methodical treatments of electromagnetic wave propagation, radiation, and scatteringincluding new applications and ideas\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePresented in two parts, this book takes an analytical approach on the subject and emphasizes new ideas and applications used today. Part one covers fundamentals of electromagnetic wave propagation, radiation, and scattering. It provides ample end-of-chapter problems and offers a 90-page solution manual to help readers check and comprehend their work. The second part of the book explores up-to-date applications of electromagnetic wavesincluding radiometry, geophysical remote sensing and imaging, and biomedical and signal processing applications.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWritten by a world renowned authority in the field of electromagnetic research, this new edition of \u003ci\u003eElectromagnetic Wave Propagation, Radiation, and Scattering: From Fundamentals to Applications \u003c\/i\u003epresents detailed applications with useful appendices, including mathematical formulas\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAbout The Author Xix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface Xxi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface To The First Edition Xxv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments Xxvii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart I Fundamentals 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Introduction 3\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Fundamental Field Equations 7\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Maxwell’s Equations \/ 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Time-Harmonic Case \/ 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Constitutive Relations \/ 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Boundary Conditions \/ 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Energy Relations and Poynting’s Theorem \/ 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 Vector and Scalar Potentials \/ 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7 Electric Hertz Vector \/ 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.8 Duality Principle and Symmetry of Maxwell’s Equations \/ 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9 Magnetic Hertz Vector \/ 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.10 Uniqueness Theorem \/ 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.11 Reciprocity Theorem \/ 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.12 Acoustic Waves \/ 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems \/ 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Waves In Inhomogeneous And Layered Media 35\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Wave Equation for a Time-Harmonic Case \/ 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Time-Harmonic Plane-Wave Propagation in Homogeneous Media \/ 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Polarization \/ 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Plane-Wave Incidence on a Plane Boundary: Perpendicular Polarization (s Polarization) \/ 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Electric Field Parallel to a Plane of Incidence: Parallel Polarization (p Polarization) \/ 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Fresnel Formula, Brewster’s Angle, and Total Reflection \/ 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7 Waves in Layered Media \/ 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8 Acoustic Reflection and Transmission from a Boundary \/ 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.9 Complex Waves \/ 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.10 Trapped Surface Wave (Slow Wave) and Leaky Wave \/ 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.11 Surface Waves Along a Dielectric Slab \/ 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.12 Zenneck Waves and Plasmons \/ 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.13 Waves in Inhomogeneous Media \/ 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.14 WKB Method \/ 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.15 Bremmer Series \/ 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.16 WKB Solution for the Turning Point \/ 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.17 Trapped Surface-Wave Modes in an Inhomogeneous Slab \/ 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.18 Medium With Prescribed Profile \/ 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems \/ 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Waveguides And Cavities 85\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Uniform Electromagnetic Waveguides \/ 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 TM Modes or E Modes \/ 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 TE Modes or H Modes \/ 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Eigenfunctions and Eigenvalues \/ 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 General Properties of Eigenfunctions for Closed Regions \/ 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 k–β Diagram and Phase and Group Velocities \/ 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7 Rectangular Waveguides \/ 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8 Cylindrical Waveguides \/ 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9 TEM Modes \/ 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.10 Dispersion of a Pulse in a Waveguide \/ 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.11 Step-Index Optical Fibers \/ 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.12 Dispersion of Graded-Index Fibers \/ 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.13 Radial and Azimuthal Waveguides \/ 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.14 Cavity Resonators \/ 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.15 Waves in Spherical Structures \/ 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.16 Spherical Waveguides and Cavities \/ 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems \/ 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Green’s Functions 137\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Electric and Magnetic Dipoles in Homogeneous Media \/ 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Electromagnetic Fields Excited by an Electric Dipole in a Homogeneous Medium \/ 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Electromagnetic Fields Excited by a Magnetic Dipole in a Homogeneous Medium \/ 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Scalar Green’s Function for Closed Regions and Expansion of Green’s Function in a Series of Eigenfunctions \/ 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Green’s Function in Terms of Solutions of the Homogeneous Equation \/ 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Fourier Transform Method \/ 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7 Excitation of a Rectangular Waveguide \/ 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8 Excitation of a Conducting Cylinder \/ 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.9 Excitation of a Conducting Sphere \/ 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems \/ 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Radiation From Apertures And Beam Waves 169\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Huygens’ Principle and Extinction Theorem \/ 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Fields Due to the Surface Field Distribution \/ 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Kirchhoff Approximation \/ 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Fresnel and Fraunhofer Diffraction \/ 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Fourier Transform (Spectral) Representation \/ 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 Beam Waves \/ 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7 Goos–Hanchen Effect \/ 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.8 Higher-Order Beam-Wave Modes \/ 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.9 Vector Green’s Theorem, Stratton–Chu Formula, and Franz Formula \/ 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.10 Equivalence Theorem \/ 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.11 Kirchhoff Approximation for Electromagnetic Waves \/ 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems \/ 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Periodic Structures And Coupled-Mode Theory 201\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Floquet’s Theorem \/ 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Guided Waves Along Periodic Structures \/ 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Periodic Layers \/ 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Plane Wave Incidence on a Periodic Structure \/ 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Scattering from Periodic Surfaces Based on the Rayleigh Hypothesis \/ 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 Coupled-Mode Theory \/ 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems \/ 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Dispersion And Anisotropic Media 233\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Dielectric Material and Polarizability \/ 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Dispersion of Dielectric Material \/ 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Dispersion of Conductor and Isotropic Plasma \/ 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Debye Relaxation Equation and Dielectric Constant of Water \/ 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Interfacial Polarization \/ 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 Mixing Formula \/ 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7 Dielectric Constant and Permeability for Anisotropic Media \/ 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.8 Magnetoionic Theory for Anisotropic Plasma \/ 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.9 Plane-Wave Propagation in Anisotropic Media \/ 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.10 Plane-Wave Propagation in Magnetoplasma \/ 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.11 Propagation Along the DC Magnetic Field \/ 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.12 Faraday Rotation \/ 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.13 Propagation Perpendicular to the DC Magnetic Field \/ 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.14 The Height of the Ionosphere \/ 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.15 Group Velocity in Anisotropic Medium \/ 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.16 Warm Plasma \/ 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.17 Wave Equations for Warm Plasma \/ 261\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.18 Ferrite and the Derivation of Its Permeability Tensor \/ 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.19 Plane-Wave Propagation in Ferrite \/ 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.20 Microwave Devices Using Ferrites \/ 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.21 Lorentz Reciprocity Theorem for Anisotropic Media \/ 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.22 Bi-Anisotropic Media and Chiral Media \/ 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.23 Superconductors, London Equation, and the Meissner Effects \/ 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.24 Two-Fluid Model of Superconductors at High Frequencies \/ 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems \/ 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Antennas, Apertures, And Arrays 285\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Antenna Fundamentals \/ 285\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Radiation Fields of Given Electric and Magnetic Current Distributions \/ 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Radiation Fields of Dipoles, Slots, and Loops \/ 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Antenna Arrays with Equal and Unequal Spacings \/ 296\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Radiation Fields from a Given Aperture Field Distribution \/ 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6 Radiation from Microstrip Antennas \/ 305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.7 Self- and Mutual Impedances of Wire Antennas with Given Current Distributions \/ 308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.8 Current Distribution of a Wire Antenna \/ 313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems \/ 314\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Scattering Of Waves By Conducting And Dielectric Objects 317\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Cross Sections and Scattering Amplitude \/ 318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Radar Equations \/ 321\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 General Properties of Cross Sections \/ 322\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Integral Representations of Scattering Amplitude and Absorption Cross Sections \/ 325\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 Rayleigh Scattering for a Spherical Object \/ 328\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6 Rayleigh Scattering for a Small Ellipsoidal Object \/ 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7 Rayleigh–Debye Scattering (Born Approximation) \/ 334\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.8 Elliptic Polarization and Stokes Parameters \/ 338\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.9 Partial Polarization and Natural Light \/ 341\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.10 Scattering Amplitude Functions f11, f12, f21, and f22 and the Stokes Matrix \/ 342\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.11 Acoustic Scattering \/ 344\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.12 Scattering Cross Section of a Conducting Body \/ 346\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.13 Physical Optics Approximation \/ 347\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.14 Moment Method: Computer Applications \/ 350\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems \/ 354\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Waves In Cylindrical Structures, Spheres, And Wedges 357\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Plane Wave Incident on a Conducting Cylinder \/ 357\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Plane Wave Incident on a Dielectric Cylinder \/ 361\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Axial Dipole Near a Conducting Cylinder \/ 364\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 Radiation Field \/ 366\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5 Saddle-Point Technique \/ 368\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.6 Radiation from a Dipole and Parseval’s Theorem \/ 371\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.7 Large Cylinders and the Watson Transform \/ 373\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.8 Residue Series Representation and Creeping Waves \/ 376\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.9 Poisson’s Sum Formula, Geometric Optical Region, and Fock\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRepresentation \/ 379\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.10 Mie Scattering by a Dielectric Sphere \/ 382\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.11 Axial Dipole in the Vicinity of a Conducting Wedge \/ 390\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.12 Line Source and Plane Wave Incident on a Wedge \/ 392\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.13 Half-Plane Excited by a Plane Wave \/ 394\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems \/ 395\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Scattering By Complex Objects 401\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Scalar Surface Integral Equations for Soft and Hard Surfaces \/ 402\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Scalar Surface Integral Equations for a Penetrable Homogeneous Body \/ 404\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 EFIE and MFIE \/ 406\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4 T-Matrix Method (Extended Boundary Condition Method) \/ 408\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5 Symmetry and Unitarity of the T-Matrix and the Scattering Matrix \/ 414\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6 T-Matrix Solution for Scattering from Periodic Sinusoidal Surfaces \/ 416\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.7 Volume Integral Equations for Inhomogeneous Bodies: TM Case \/ 418\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.8 Volume Integral Equations for Inhomogeneous Bodies: TE Case \/ 423\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.9 Three-Dimensional Dielectric Bodies \/ 426\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.10 Electromagnetic Aperture Integral Equations for a Conducting Screen \/ 427\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.11 Small Apertures \/ 430\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.12 Babinet’s Principle and Slot and Wire Antennas \/ 433\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.13 Electromagnetic Diffraction by Slits and Ribbons \/ 439\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.14 Related Problems \/ 441\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems \/ 441\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 Geometric Theory Of Diffraction And Lowfrequency Techniques 443\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1 Geometric Theory of Diffraction \/ 444\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2 Diffraction by a Slit for Dirichlet’s Problem \/ 447\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3 Diffraction by a Slit for Neumann’s Problem and Slope Diffraction \/ 452\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4 Uniform Geometric Theory of Diffraction for an Edge \/ 455\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5 Edge Diffraction for a Point Source \/ 457\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6 Wedge Diffraction for a Point Source \/ 461\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.7 Slope Diffraction and Grazing Incidence \/ 463\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.8 Curved Wedge \/ 463\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.9 Other High-Frequency Techniques \/ 465\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.10 Vertex and Surface Diffraction \/ 466\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.11 Low-Frequency Scattering \/ 467\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems \/ 470\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e14 Planar Layers, Strip Lines, Patches, And Apertures 473\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1 Excitation of Waves in a Dielectric Slab \/ 473\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2 Excitation of Waves in a Vertically Inhomogeneous Medium \/ 481\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3 Strip Lines \/ 485\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4 Waves Excited by Electric and Magnetic Currents Perpendicular to Dielectric Layers \/ 492\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5 Waves Excited by Transverse Electric and Magnetic Currents in Dielectric Layers \/ 496\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.6 Strip Lines Embedded in Dielectric Layers \/ 500\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.7 Periodic Patches and Apertures Embedded in Dielectric Layers \/ 502\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems \/ 506\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e15 Radiation From A Dipole On The Conducting Earth 509\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1 Sommerfeld Dipole Problem \/ 509\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2 Vertical Electric Dipole Located Above the Earth \/ 510\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3 Reflected Waves in Air \/ 514\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4 Radiation Field: Saddle-Point Technique \/ 517\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5 Field Along the Surface and the Singularities of the Integrand \/ 519\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.6 Sommerfeld Pole and Zenneck Wave \/ 521\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.7 Solution to the Sommerfeld Problem \/ 524\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.8 Lateral Waves: Branch Cut Integration \/ 528\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.9 Refracted Wave \/ 536\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.10 Radiation from a Horizontal Dipole \/ 538\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.11 Radiation in Layered Media \/ 541\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.12 Geometric Optical Representation \/ 545\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.13 Mode and Lateral Wave Representation \/ 549\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems \/ 550\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart II Applications 553\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e16 Inverse Scattering 555\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.1 Radon Transform and Tomography \/ 555\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2 Alternative Inverse Radon Transform in Terms of the Hilbert Transform \/ 559\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3 Diffraction Tomography \/ 561\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.4 Physical Optics Inverse Scattering \/ 567\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.5 Holographic Inverse Source Problem \/ 570\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.6 Inverse Problems and Abel’s Integral Equation Applied to Probing of the Ionosphere \/ 572\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.7 Radar Polarimetry and Radar Equation \/ 575\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.8 Optimization of Polarization \/ 578\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.9 Stokes Vector Radar Equation and Polarization Signature \/ 580\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.10 Measurement of Stokes Parameter \/ 582\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems \/ 584\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e17 Radiometry, Noise Temperature, And Interferometry 587\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.1 Radiometry \/ 587\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2 Brightness and Flux Density \/ 588\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.3 Blackbody Radiation and Antenna Temperature \/ 589\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.4 Equation of Radiative Transfer \/ 592\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.5 Scattering Cross Sections and Absorptivity and Emissivity of a Surface \/ 594\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.6 System Temperature \/ 598\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.7 Minimum Detectable Temperature \/ 600\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.8 Radar Range Equation \/ 601\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.9 Aperture Illumination and Brightness Distributions \/ 602\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.10 Two-Antenna Interferometer \/ 604\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems \/ 607\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e18 Stochastic Wave Theories 611\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.1 Stochastic Wave Equations and Statistical Wave Theories \/ 612\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.2 Scattering in Troposphere, Ionosphere, and Atmospheric Optics \/ 612\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.3 Turbid Medium, Radiative Transfer, and Reciprocity \/ 612\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.4 Stochastic Sommerfeld Problem, Seismic Coda, and Subsurface Imaging \/ 613\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.5 Stochastic Green’s Function and Stochastic Boundary Problems \/ 615\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.6 Channel Capacity of Communication Systems with Random Media Mutual Coherence Function \/ 619\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.7 Integration of Statistical Waves with Other Disciplines \/ 621\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.8 Some Accounts of Historical Development of Statistical Wave Theories \/ 622\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e19 Geophysical Remote Sensing And Imaging 625\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.1 Polarimetric Radar \/ 626\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.2 Scattering Models for Geophysical Medium and Decomposition Theorem \/ 630\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.3 Polarimetric Weather Radar \/ 632\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.4 Nonspherical Raindrops and Differential Reflectivity \/ 634\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.5 Propagation Constant in Randomly Distributed Nonspherical Particles \/ 636\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.6 Vector Radiative Transfer Theory \/ 638\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.7 Space–Time Radiative Transfer \/ 639\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.8 Wigner Distribution Function and Specific Intensity \/ 641\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.9 Stokes Vector Emissivity from Passive Surface and Ocean Wind Directions \/ 644\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.10 Van Cittert–Zernike Theorem Applied to Aperture Synthesis Radiometers Including Antenna Temperature \/ 646\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.11 Ionospheric Effects on SAR Image \/ 650\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e20 Biomedical Em, Optics, And Ultrasound 657\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.1 Bioelectromagnetics \/ 658\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.2 Bio-EM and Heat Diffusion in Tissues \/ 659\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.3 Bio-Optics, Optical Absorption and Scattering in Blood \/ 663\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.4 Optical Diffusion in Tissues \/ 666\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.5 Photon Density Waves \/ 670\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.6 Optical Coherence Tomography and Low Coherence Interferometry \/ 672\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.7 Ultrasound Scattering and Imaging of Tissues \/ 677\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.8 Ultrasound in Blood \/ 680\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e21 Waves In Metamaterials And Plasmon 685\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.1 Refractive Index n and μ–ε Diagram \/ 686\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.2 Plane Waves, Energy Relations, and Group Velocity \/ 688\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.3 Split-Ring Resonators \/ 689\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.4 Generalized Constitutive Relations for Metamaterials \/ 692\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.5 Space–Time Wave Packet Incident on Dispersive Metamaterial and Negative Refraction \/ 697\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.6 Backward Lateral Waves and Backward Surface Waves \/ 701\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.7 Negative Goos–Hanchen Shift \/ 704\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.8 Perfect Lens, Subwavelength Focusing, and Evanescent Waves \/ 708\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.9 Brewster’s Angle in NIM and Acoustic Brewster’s Angle \/ 712\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.10 Transformation Electromagnetics and Invisible Cloak \/ 716\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.11 Surface Flattening Coordinate Transform \/ 720\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e22 Time-Reversal Imaging 723\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.1 Time-Reversal Mirror in Free Space \/ 724\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.2 Super Resolution of Time-Reversed Pulse in Multiple\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eScattering Medium \/ 729\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.3 Time-Reversal Imaging of Single and Multiple Targets and DORT (Decomposition of Time- eversal Operator) \/ 731\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.4 Time-Reversal Imaging of Targets in Free Space \/ 735\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.5 Time-Reversal Imaging and SVD (Singular Value Decomposition) \/ 739\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.6 Time-Reversal Imaging with MUSIC (Multiple Signal Classification) \/ 739\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.7 Optimum Power Transfer by Time-Reversal Technique \/ 740\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e23 Scattering By Turbulence, Particles, Diffuse Medium, And Rough Surfaces 743\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.1 Scattering by Atmospheric and Ionospheric Turbulence \/ 743\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.2 Scattering Cross Section per Unit Volume of Turbulence \/ 746\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.3 Scattering for a Narrow Beam Case \/ 748\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.4 Scattering Cross Section Per Unit Volume of Rain and Fog \/ 750\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.5 Gaussian and Henyey–Greenstein Scattering Formulas \/ 751\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.6 Scattering Cross Section Per Unit Volume of Turbulence,\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eParticles, and Biological Media \/ 752\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.7 Line-of-Sight Propagation, Born and Rytov Approximation \/ 753\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.8 Modified Rytov Solution with Power Conservation, and Mutual Coherence Function \/ 754\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.9 MCF for Line-of-Sight Wave Propagation in Turbulence \/ 756\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.10 Correlation Distance and Angular Spectrum \/ 759\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.11 Coherence Time and Spectral Broadening \/ 760\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.12 Pulse Propagation, Coherence Bandwidth, and Pulse Broadening \/ 761\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.13 Weak and Strong Fluctuations and Scintillation Index \/ 762\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.14 Rough Surface Scattering, Perturbation Solution, Transition Operator \/ 765\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.15 Scattering by Rough Interfaces Between Two Media \/ 771\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.16 Kirchhoff Approximation of Rough Surface Scattering \/ 774\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.17 Frequency and Angular Correlation of Scattered Waves from Rough Surfaces and Memory Effects \/ 779\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e24 Coherence In Multiple Scattering And Diagram Method 785\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24.1 Enhanced Radar Cross Section in Turbulence \/ 786\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24.2 Enhanced Backscattering from Rough Surfaces \/ 787\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24.3 Enhanced Backscattering from Particles and Photon\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLocalization \/ 789\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24.4 Multiple Scattering Formulations, the Dyson and Bethe–Salpeter Equations \/ 791\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24.5 First-Order Smoothing Approximation \/ 793\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24.6 First- and Second-Order Scattering and Backscattering Enhancement \/ 794\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24.7 Memory Effects \/ 795\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e25 Solitons And Optical Fibers 797\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e25.1 History \/ 797\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e25.2 KDV (Korteweg–De Vries) Equation for Shallow Water \/ 799\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e25.3 Optical Solitons in Fibers \/ 802\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e26 Porous Media, Permittivity, Fluid Permeability Of Shales And Seismic Coda 807\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e26.1 Porous Medium and Shale, Superfracking \/ 808\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e26.2 Permittivity and Conductivity of Porous Media, Archie’s Law, and Percolation and Fractal \/ 809\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e26.3 Fluid Permeability and Darcy’s Law \/ 811\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e26.4 Seismic Coda, P-Wave, S-Wave, and Rayleigh Surface Wave \/ 812\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e26.5 Earthquake Magnitude Scales \/ 813\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e26.6 Waveform Envelope Broadening and Coda \/ 814\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e26.7 Coda in Heterogeneous Earth Excited by an Impulse Source \/ 815\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e26.8 S-wave Coda and Rayleigh Surface Wave \/ 819\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendices 821\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 913\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 929\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866365178199,"sku":"9781118098813","price":113.36,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781118098813.jpg?v=1722278300"},{"product_id":"renewable-energy-in-power-systems-9781118649930","title":"Renewable Energy in Power Systems","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWith the growth in renewable energy (RE) generation installed capacity, many countries such as the UK are relying on higher levels of RE generation to meet targets for reduced greenhouse gas emissions. In the face of this, the integration issue is now of increasing concern, in particular to system operators.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eForeword xv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface to the First Edition xix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface to the Second Edition xxi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgements xxiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbout the Companion Website xxv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Energy and Electricity \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 The World Energy Scene 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.1 History 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.2 World Energy Consumption 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.3 Finite Resources 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.4 Energy Security and Disparity of Use 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 The Environmental Impact of Energy Use 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1 The Problem 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2 The Science 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.3 The Kyoto Protocol 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.4 Economics of Mitigation 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.5 Efficient Energy Use 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.6 The Electricity Sector 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.7 Possible Solutions and Sustainability 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Generating Electricity 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1 Conversion from Other Energy Forms – The Importance of Efficiency 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.2 The Nuclear Path 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.3 Carbon Capture and Storage (CCS) 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.4 Renewables 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 The Electrical Power System 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.1 Structure of the Electrical Power System 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.2 Integrating Renewables into Power Systems 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.3 Distributed Generation 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.4 Renewable Energy Penetration 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.5 Network Stability 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Features of Conventional and Renewable Generation \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e27\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Conventional Sources: Coal, Gas and Nuclear 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Hydroelectric Power 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.1 Large-Scale Hydro 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2 Small Hydro 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2.1 Turbine Designs 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Wind Power 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.1 The Resource 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.2 Wind Variability 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.3 Wind Turbines 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.4 Power Variability 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.4.1 Variability from Second to Second 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.4.2 Variability from Minute to Minute 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.4.3 Variability from Hour to Hour and from Day-to-Day 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.4.4 Seasonal Variability 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.5 Offshore Wind 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 PV and Solar Thermal Electricity 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.1 The Resource 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.2 The Technology 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.3 Photovoltaic Systems 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.4 Solar Thermal Electric Systems 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 Tidal Power 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.1 The Resource 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.2 Tidal Enhancement 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.2.1 Funnelling 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.2.2 Resonance 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.2.3 Coriolis Effect 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.3 Tidal Barrages 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.4 Operational Strategies 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.4.1 Power Variability 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.5 Tidal Current Schemes 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7 Wave Power 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7.1 The Resource 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7.2 The Technology 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7.3 Variability 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.8 Biomass 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.8.1 The Resource 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.8.2 Resource Sustainability 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9 Summary of Power Generation Characteristics 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.10 Combining Sources 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Power Balance\/Frequency Control \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e67\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.1 The Power Balance Issue 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Electricity Demand 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1 Demand Curves 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2 Load Aggregation 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.3 Demand-Side Management – Deferrable Loads 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Power Governing 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1 Power Conversion Chain 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2 Governor Steady State Characteristics 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.3 Parallel Operation of Two Generators 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.4 A Multi-Generator System 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.5 The Steady State Power–Frequency Relationship 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Dynamic Frequency Control of Large Systems 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1 Demand Matching 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.2 Demand Forecasting 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.3 Frequency Limits 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.4 Generation Scheduling and Reserve 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.5 Frequency Control at Different Timescales 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.6 Meeting Demand and Ensuring Reliability 82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.7 Capacity Factor and Capacity Credit 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Impact of Renewable Generation on Frequency Control and Reliability 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1 Introduction 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.2 Aggregation of Sources 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.2.1 The Monthly Distribution of Power Availability 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.2.2 The Daily Distribution of Power Availability 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.2.3 Short Term Variability 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.2.4 The Capacity Factor 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.3 Value of Energy from the Wind 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.4 Impact on Balancing 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.5 Impact on Reliability 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.6 Discarded\/Curtailed Energy 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.7 Overall Penalties Due to Increasing Penetration 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.8 Combining Different Renewable Sources 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.9 Differences Between Electricity Systems 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.10 Limits of Penetration from Non-Dispatchable Sources 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Frequency Response Services from Renewables 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.1.1 Wind Power 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.1.2 Biofuels 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.1.3 Waterpower 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.1.4 Photovoltaics 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7 Frequency Control Modelling 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.1 Background 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.1.1 Modelling a Generator 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.1.2 Modelling Released Demand 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.1.3 Modelling the Grid’s Inertial Energy Store 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.2 A Modelling Example 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8 Energy Storage 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8.1 Introduction 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8.2 Storage Devices 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8.3 Dynamic Demand Control 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther Reading 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Electrical Power Generation and Conditioning \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e115\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 The Conversion of Renewable Energy into Electrical Form 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 The Synchronous Generator 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 Construction and Mode of Operation 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 The Rotating Magnetic Field 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3 Synchronous Generator Operation When Grid Connected 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.4 The Synchronous Generator Equivalent Circuit 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.5 Power Transfer Equations 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.6 Three-Phase Equations 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.7 Four-Quadrant Operation 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.8 Power–Load Angle Characteristic 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 The Transformer 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 Transformer Basics 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2 The Transformer Equivalent Circuit 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3 Further Details on Transformers 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 The Asynchronous Generator 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1 Construction and Properties 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.2 The Induction Machine Equivalent Circuit 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.3 The Induction Machine Efficiency 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.4 The Induction Machine Speed-Torque Characteristic 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.5 Induction Generator Reactive Power 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.6 Comparison Between Synchronous and Asynchronous Generators 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Power Electronics 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.1 Introduction 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.2 Power-Semiconductor Devices 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.2.1 Diodes 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.2.2 Thyristors 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.2.3 Transistors 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.3 Diode Bridge Rectifier 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.4 Harmonics 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.5 The Thyristor Bridge Converter 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.6 The Transistor Bridge 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.6.1 Basic Square Wave 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.6.2 Quasi-Sine Wave (Modified Square Wave) 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.6.3 Pulse-Width Modulation 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.6.4 Comparison of Switching Methods 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.6.5 Output Control in a Grid-Connected Inverter 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.6.6 The Three-Phase Bridge 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.7 Converter Internal Control Systems 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.8 DC–DC Converters 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.8.1 Step-Down DC–DC Converter 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.8.2 Step-Up DC–DC Converter 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.9 Multi-Level Converters 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.10 Matrix Converters 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.11 Z-Source Converters 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 Applications to Renewable Energy Generators 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.1 Applications to PV Systems 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.1.1 PV System Characteristics 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.1.2 Basic Grid-Connected PV Inverter 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.1.3 Transformerless Grid-Connected PV Inverter 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.1.4 PV Inverter Using a High-Frequency Transformer 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.1.5 PV Inverter Using a Steering Bridge 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.1.6 PV Inverters for Stand-Alone Operation 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.2 Applications to Wind Power 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.2.1 Fixed Versus Variable Speed – Energy Capture [4] 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.2.2 Fixed Versus Variable Speed – Dynamics 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.3 Synchronous Generator Supplying an Autonomous Network 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.3.1 Fixed-Speed Wind Turbines 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.3.2 Variable Slip Wind Turbines 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.4 The Principle of Slip Energy Recovery 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.4.1 DFIG Wind Turbines 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.4.2 Wind Turbines with Full Converters 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.5 Synchronous Generators in Wind Turbines 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.6 Gearless Wind Turbines 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.7 Hybrid Drive Train Designs 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.8 DC Transmission for Wind 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7 Applications to Small Scale Hydro 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8 Applications to Tidal Stream Turbines 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Power-System Analysis \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e171\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 The Transmission System 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1 Single-Phase Representation 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2 Transmission and Distribution Systems 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.3 Example Networks 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Voltage Control 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Power Flow in an Individual Section of Line 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1 Electrical Characteristics of Lines and Cables 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2 Single-Phase Equivalent Circuit 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.3 Voltage Drop Calculation 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.4 Simplifications and Conclusions 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Reactive Power Management 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1 Reactive Power Compensation Equipment 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1.1 Tap Changers and Voltage Regulators 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1.2 AVRs 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1.3 Static Compensators 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1.4 FACTS 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1.5 RE Generator Interfaces 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Load-Flow and Power-System Simulation 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.1 Uses of Load Flow 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.2 A Particular Case 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.3 Network Data 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.4 Load\/Generation Data 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.4.1 Time Dependence 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.4.2 Types of Nodes (Buses) 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.5 The Load-Flow Calculations 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.6 Results 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.7 Unbalanced Load-Flow 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7 Faults and Protection 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.1 Short-Circuit Fault Currents 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.2 Symmetrical Three-Phase Fault Current 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.3 Fault Currents in General 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.4 Fault Level (Short-Circuit Level) –Weak Grids 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.5 Thévenin Equivalent Circuit 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8 Time Varying and Dynamic Simulations 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.9 Power-System Stability 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.9.1 Equal Area Stability Criterion 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.9.2 Power-System Stabilisers 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.10 Dynamic Line Rating 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.11 Reliability Analysis 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Renewable Energy Generation in Power Systems \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e199\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Distributed Generation 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.1 Introduction 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.2 Point of Common Coupling (PCC) 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.3 Connection Voltage 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Voltage Effects 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 Steady State Voltage Rise 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 Automatic Voltage Control – Tap Changers 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3 Active and Reactive Power from Renewable Energy Generators 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.4 Example Load Flow 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Thermal Limits 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 Overhead Lines and Cables 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 Transformers 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Other Embedded Generation Issues 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.1 Flicker, Voltage Steps and Dips 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.1.1 Flicker 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.1.2 Steps and Dips 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.2 Harmonics\/Distortion 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.3 Phase Voltage Imbalance 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.4 Network Reinforcement 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.5 Network Losses 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.6 Fault Level Increase 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Islanding 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.1 Introduction 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.2 Loss-of-Mains Protection for Rotating Machines 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.3 Loss-of-Mains Protection for Inverters 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 Fault Ride-Through 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7 Generator and Converter Characteristics 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Power System Economics and the Electricity Market \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e219\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Introduction 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 The Costs of Electricity Generation 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1 Capital and Running Costs of Renewable and Conventional Generation Plant 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2 Total Generation Costs 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Economic Optimisation in Power Systems 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1 Diversity of Generator Characteristics in a Power System 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2 Optimum Economic Dispatch 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.3 Equal Incremental Cost Dispatch 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.4 OED with Several Units and Generation Limit\u003ci\u003es \u003c\/i\u003e225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.5 Costs on a Level Playing Field 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 External Costs 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.1 Introduction 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.2 Types of External Cost 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.3 The Kyoto Protocol and Subsequent Agreements 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.4 Costing Pollution 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Effects of Embedded Generation 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.1 Value of Energy At Various Points of the Network 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.2 An Example Cash-Flow Analysis 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.3 Value of Embedded Generation – Regional and Local Issues 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.4 Capacity Credit 238\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.5 Summary 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 Support Mechanisms for Renewable Energy 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6.1 Introduction 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6.2 Feed-in Law 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6.3 Quota System 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6.3.1 Renewables Obligation (RO) 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6.3.2 Contract for Difference (CFD) 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6.4 Carbon Tax 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6.4.1 Climate Change Levy 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6.4.2 Eco-Tax Reform 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6.4.3 Tax Relief 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7 Electricity Markets 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7.1 Introduction 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7.2 The UK Electricity Supply Industry 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7.2.1 The State-Owned Central Electricity-Generating Board 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7.2.2 The Electricity Pool 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7.2.3 The Operation of the Pool and Pool Rules 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7.2.4 Hedging 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7.2.5 Electricity Market Reform (EMR) 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7.2.6 Ancillary Services 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7.2.7 Marketing Green Electricity 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 The Future – Towards a Sustainable Electricity Supply System \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e249\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Introduction 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 The Future of Wind Power 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1 Large Wind Turbines 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2 Offshore Wind Farm Development 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2.1 Electrical Integration 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2.2 DC Transmission for Wind 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2.3 Innovative Collector Systems 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2.4 A Proposed European DC Supergrid 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2.5 Smarter Wind Farms 260\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.3 Building Integrated Wind Turbines 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 The Future of Solar Power 264\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1 PV Technology Development 264\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1.1 Different Deployment Options 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2 Solar Thermal Electric Systems 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 The Future of Biofuels 268\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Geothermal Power 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 The Future of Hydro and Marine Power 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7 The Shape of Future Networks 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.1 Transmission System Evolution 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.2 Low Inertia Power Systems 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.3 Distribution Network Evolution 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.3.1 Active Networks 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.4 Problems Associated with Distributed Generation 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.4.1 Fault Levels 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.4.2 Voltage Levels 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.4.3 Network Security 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.4.4 Network Stability 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.5 Options to Ameliorate the Technical Difficulties 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.5.1 Planning Standards 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.5.2 Using Power Electronics Technology 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.5.3 Islanding 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.5.4 Dynamic Loads 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.5.5 Demand-Side Management of Loads 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.5.6 Storage 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.5.7 Microgrids 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.5.8 Virtual Power Stations 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.8 Conclusions 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 285\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix A Basic Electric Power Engineering Concepts \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e289\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA.1 Introduction 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA.2 Generators and Consumers of Energy 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA.3 Why AC? 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA.4 AC Waveforms 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA.5 Response of Circuit Components to AC 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA.5.1 Resistance 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA.5.2 Inductance 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA.5.3 Capacitance 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA.6 Phasors 296\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA.7 Phasor Addition 297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA.8 Rectangular Notation 298\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA.9 Reactance and Impedance 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA.9.1 Resistance 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA.9.2 Inductance 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA.9.3 Capacitance 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA.9.4 Impedance 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA.10 Power in AC Circuits 302\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA.11 Reactive Power 304\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA.12 Complex Power 305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA.13 Conservation of Active and Reactive Power 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA.14 Effects of Reactive Power Flow – Power Factor Correction 307\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA.15 Three-Phase AC 308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA.16 The Thévenin Equivalent Circuit 310\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReference 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 313\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866375139671,"sku":"9781118649930","price":48.4,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781118649930.jpg?v=1722278351"},{"product_id":"pulsewidth-modulated-dcdc-power-converters-9781119009542","title":"PulseWidth Modulated DCDC Power Converters","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePWM DC-DC power converter technology underpins many energy conversion systems including renewable energy circuits, active power factor correctors, battery chargers, portable devices and LED drivers.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFollowing the success of \u003ci\u003ePulse-Width Modulated DC-DC Power Converters\u003c\/i\u003e this second edition has been thoroughly revised and expanded to cover the latest challenges and advances in the field.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKey features of \u003ci\u003e2nd edition\u003c\/i\u003e:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eFour new chapters, detailing the latest advances in power conversion, focus on: small-signal model and dynamic characteristics of the buck converter in continuous conduction mode; voltage-mode control of buck converter; small-signal model and characteristics of the boost converter in the discontinuous conduction mode and electromagnetic compatibility EMC.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eProvides readers with a solid understanding of the principles of operation, synthesis, analysis and design of PWM power converters and semiconductor power devices, includin\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eAbout the Author xxi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface xxiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNomenclature xxv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Introduction 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Classification of Power Supplies 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Basic Functions of Voltage Regulators 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Power Relationships in DC–DC Converters 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 DC Transfer Functions of DC–DC Converters 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Static Characteristics of DC Voltage Regulators 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6 Dynamic Characteristics of DC Voltage Regulators 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7 Linear Voltage Regulators 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7.1 Series Voltage Regulator 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7.2 Shunt Voltage Regulator 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.8 Topologies of PWM DC–DC Converters 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.9 Relationships Among Current, Voltage, Energy, and Power 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.10 Summary 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Buck PWM DC–DC Converter 22\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 DC Analysis of PWM Buck Converter for CCM 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1 Circuit Description 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2 Assumptions 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.3 Time Interval: 0 \u003ci\u003e\u0026lt; t \u003c\/i\u003e≤ \u003ci\u003eDT \u003c\/i\u003e25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.4 Time Interval: \u003ci\u003eDT \u0026lt; t \u003c\/i\u003e≤ \u003ci\u003eT \u003c\/i\u003e26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.5 Device Stresses for CCM 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.6 DC Voltage Transfer Function for CCM 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.7 Boundary Between CCM and DCM 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.8 Capacitors 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.9 Ripple Voltage in Buck Converter for CCM 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.10 Switching Losses with Linear MOSFET Output Capacitance 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.11 Switching Losses with Nonlinear MOSFET Output Capacitance 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.12 Power Losses and Efficiency of Buck Converter for CCM 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.13 DC Voltage Transfer Function of Lossy Converter for CCM 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.14 MOSFET Gate-Drive Power 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.15 Gate Driver 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.16 Design of Buck Converter for CCM 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 DC Analysis of PWM Buck Converter for DCM 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.1 Time Interval: 0 \u003ci\u003e\u0026lt; t \u003c\/i\u003e≤ \u003ci\u003eDT \u003c\/i\u003e56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2 Time Interval: \u003ci\u003eDT \u0026lt; t \u003c\/i\u003e≤ (\u003ci\u003eD \u003c\/i\u003e+ \u003ci\u003eD\u003c\/i\u003e1)\u003ci\u003eT \u003c\/i\u003e58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.3 Time Interval: (\u003ci\u003eD \u003c\/i\u003e+ \u003ci\u003eD\u003c\/i\u003e1)\u003ci\u003eT \u0026lt; t \u003c\/i\u003e≤ \u003ci\u003eT \u003c\/i\u003e58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.4 Device Stresses for DCM 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.5 DC Voltage Transfer Function for DCM 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.6 Maximum Inductance for DCM 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.7 Power Losses and Efficiency of Buck Converter for DCM 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.8 Design of Buck Converter for DCM 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Buck Converter with Input Filter 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Buck Converter with Synchronous Rectifier 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 Buck Converter with Positive Common Rail 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7 Quadratic Buck Converter 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.8 Tapped-Inductor Buck Converters 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.8.1 Tapped-Inductor Common-Diode Buck Converter 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.8.2 Tapped-Inductor Common-Transistor Buck Converter 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.8.3 Watkins–Johnson Converter 82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9 Multiphase Buck Converter 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.10 Switched-Inductor Buck Converter 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.11 Layout 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.12 Summary 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Boost PWM DC–DC Converter 90\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 DC Analysis of PWM Boost Converter for CCM 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1 Circuit Description 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2 Assumptions 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.3 Time Interval: 0 \u003ci\u003e\u0026lt; t \u003c\/i\u003e≤ \u003ci\u003eDT \u003c\/i\u003e93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.4 Time Interval: \u003ci\u003eDT \u0026lt; t \u003c\/i\u003e≤ \u003ci\u003eT \u003c\/i\u003e94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.5 DC Voltage Transfer Function for CCM 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.6 Boundary Between CCM and DCM 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.7 Ripple Voltage in Boost Converter for CCM 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.8 Power Losses and Efficiency of Boost Converter for CCM 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.9 DC Voltage Transfer Function of Lossy Boost Converter for CCM 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.10 Design of Boost Converter for CCM 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 DC Analysis of PWM Boost Converter for DCM 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1 Time Interval: 0 \u003ci\u003e\u0026lt; t \u003c\/i\u003e≤ \u003ci\u003eDT \u003c\/i\u003e110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2 Time Interval: \u003ci\u003eDT \u0026lt; t \u003c\/i\u003e≤ (\u003ci\u003eD \u003c\/i\u003e+ \u003ci\u003eD\u003c\/i\u003e1)\u003ci\u003eT \u003c\/i\u003e111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.3 Time Interval: (\u003ci\u003eD \u003c\/i\u003e+ \u003ci\u003eD\u003c\/i\u003e1)\u003ci\u003eT \u0026lt; t \u003c\/i\u003e≤ \u003ci\u003eT \u003c\/i\u003e112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.4 Device Stresses for DCM 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.5 DC Voltage Transfer Function for DCM 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.6 Maximum Inductance for DCM 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.7 Power Losses and Efficiency of Boost Converter for DCM 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.8 Design of Boost Converter for DCM 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Bidirectional Buck and Boost Converters 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Synchronous Boost Converter 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Tapped-Inductor Boost Converters 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.1 Tapped-Inductor Common-Diode Boost Converter 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.2 Tapped-Inductor Common-Load Boost Converter 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7 Duality 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8 Power Factor Correction 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8.1 Power Factor 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8.2 Boost Power Factor Corrector 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8.3 Electronic Ballasts for Fluorescent Lamps 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.9 Summary 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Buck–Boost PWM DC–DC Converter 145\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 DC Analysis of PWM Buck–Boost Converter for CCM 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 Circuit Description 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 Assumptions 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3 Time Interval: 0 \u003ci\u003e\u0026lt; t \u003c\/i\u003e≤ \u003ci\u003eDT \u003c\/i\u003e146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.4 Time Interval: \u003ci\u003eDT \u0026lt; t \u003c\/i\u003e≤ \u003ci\u003eT \u003c\/i\u003e148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.5 DC Voltage Transfer Function for CCM 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.6 Device Stresses for CCM 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.7 Boundary Between CCM and DCM 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.8 Ripple Voltage in Buck–Boost Converter for CCM 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.9 Power Losses and Efficiency of the Buck–Boost Converter for CCM 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.10 DC Voltage Transfer Function of Lossy Buck–Boost Converter for CCM 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.11 Design of Buck–Boost Converter for CCM 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 DC Analysis of PWM Buck–Boost Converter for DCM 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 Time Interval: 0 \u003ci\u003e\u0026lt; t \u003c\/i\u003e≤ \u003ci\u003eDT \u003c\/i\u003e165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2 Time Interval: \u003ci\u003eDT \u0026lt; t \u003c\/i\u003e≤ (\u003ci\u003eD \u003c\/i\u003e+ \u003ci\u003eD\u003c\/i\u003e1)\u003ci\u003eT \u003c\/i\u003e166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3 Time Interval: (\u003ci\u003eD \u003c\/i\u003e+ \u003ci\u003eD\u003c\/i\u003e1)\u003ci\u003eT \u0026lt; t \u003c\/i\u003e≤ \u003ci\u003eT \u003c\/i\u003e167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.4 Device Stresses of the Buck–Boost Converter in DCM 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.5 DC Voltage Transfer Function of the Buck–Boost Converter for DCM 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.6 Maximum Inductance for DCM 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.7 Power Losses and Efficiency of the Buck–Boost Converter in DCM 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.8 Design of Buck–Boost Converter for DCM 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Bidirectional Buck–Boost Converter 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Synthesis of Buck–Boost Converter 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 Synthesis of Boost–Buck (ćuk) Converter 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7 Noninverting Buck–Boost Converters 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7.1 Cascaded Noninverting Buck–Boost Converters 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7.2 Four-Transistor Noninverting Buck–Boost Converters 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8 Tapped-Inductor Buck–Boost Converters 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8.1 Tapped-Inductor Common-Diode Buck–Boost Converter 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8.2 Tapped-Inductor Common-Transistor Buck–Boost Converter 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8.3 Tapped-Inductor Common-Load Buck–Boost Converter 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8.4 Tapped-Inductor Common-Source Buck–Boost Converter 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9 Summary 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Flyback PWM DC–DC Converter 195\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Transformers 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 DC Analysis of PWM Flyback Converter for CCM 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1 Derivation of PWM Flyback Converter 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2 Circuit Description 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3 Assumptions 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.4 Time Interval: 0 \u003ci\u003e\u0026lt; t \u003c\/i\u003e≤ \u003ci\u003eDT \u003c\/i\u003e200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.5 Time Interval: \u003ci\u003eDT \u0026lt; t \u003c\/i\u003e≤ \u003ci\u003eT \u003c\/i\u003e201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.6 DC Voltage Transfer Function for CCM 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.7 Boundary Between CCM and DCM 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.8 Ripple Voltage in Flyback Converter for CCM 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.9 Power Losses and Efficiency of Flyback Converter for CCM 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.10 DC Voltage Transfer Function of Lossy Converter for CCM 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.11 Design of Flyback Converter for CCM 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 DC Analysis of PWM Flyback Converter for DCM 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1 Time Interval: 0 \u003ci\u003e\u0026lt; t \u003c\/i\u003e≤ \u003ci\u003eDT \u003c\/i\u003e217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2 Time Interval: \u003ci\u003eDT \u0026lt; t \u003c\/i\u003e≤ (\u003ci\u003eD \u003c\/i\u003e+ \u003ci\u003eD\u003c\/i\u003e1)\u003ci\u003eT \u003c\/i\u003e219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.3 Time Interval: (\u003ci\u003eD \u003c\/i\u003e+ \u003ci\u003eD\u003c\/i\u003e1)\u003ci\u003eT \u0026lt; t \u003c\/i\u003e≤ \u003ci\u003eT \u003c\/i\u003e220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.4 DC Voltage Transfer Function for DCM 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.5 Maximum Magnetizing Inductance for DCM 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.6 Ripple Voltage in Flyback Converter for DCM 225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.7 Power Losses and Efficiency of Flyback Converter for DCM 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.8 Design of Flyback Converter for DCM 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Multiple-Output Flyback Converter 232\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Bidirectional Flyback Converter 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7 Ringing in Flyback Converter 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8 Flyback Converter with Passive Dissipative Snubber 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.9 Flyback Converter with Zener Diode Voltage Clamp 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.10 Flyback Converter with Active Clamping 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.11 Two-Transistor Flyback Converter 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.12 Summary 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Forward PWM DC–DC Converter 246\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 DC Analysis of PWM Forward Converter for CCM 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 Derivation of Forward PWM Converter 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 Time Interval: 0 \u003ci\u003e\u0026lt; t \u003c\/i\u003e≤ \u003ci\u003eDT \u003c\/i\u003e248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3 Time Interval: \u003ci\u003eDT \u0026lt; t \u003c\/i\u003e≤ \u003ci\u003eDT \u003c\/i\u003e+ \u003ci\u003etm \u003c\/i\u003e251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.4 Time Interval: \u003ci\u003eDT \u003c\/i\u003e+ \u003ci\u003etm \u0026lt; t \u003c\/i\u003e≤ \u003ci\u003eT \u003c\/i\u003e253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.5 Maximum Duty Cycle 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.6 Device Stresses 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.7 DC Voltage Transfer Function for CCM 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.8 Boundary Between CCM and DCM 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.9 Ripple Voltage in Forward Converter for CCM 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.10 Power Losses and Efficiency of Forward Converter for CCM 258\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.11 DC Voltage Transfer Function of Lossy Converter for CCM 261\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.12 Design of Forward Converter for CCM 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 DC Analysis of PWM Forward Converter for DCM 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 Time Interval: 0 \u003ci\u003e\u0026lt; t \u003c\/i\u003e≤ \u003ci\u003eDT \u003c\/i\u003e269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 Time Interval: \u003ci\u003eDT \u0026lt; t \u003c\/i\u003e≤ \u003ci\u003eDT \u003c\/i\u003e+ \u003ci\u003etm \u003c\/i\u003e272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3 Time Interval: \u003ci\u003eDT \u003c\/i\u003e+ \u003ci\u003etm \u0026lt; t \u003c\/i\u003e≤ (\u003ci\u003eD \u003c\/i\u003e+ \u003ci\u003eD\u003c\/i\u003e1)\u003ci\u003eT \u003c\/i\u003e273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.4 Time Interval: (\u003ci\u003eD \u003c\/i\u003e+ \u003ci\u003eD\u003c\/i\u003e1)\u003ci\u003eT \u0026lt; t \u003c\/i\u003e≤ \u003ci\u003eT \u003c\/i\u003e273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.5 DC Voltage Transfer Function for DCM 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.6 Maximum Inductance for DCM 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.7 Power Losses and Efficiency of Forward Converter for DCM 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.8 Design of Forward Converter for DCM 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Multiple-Output Forward Converter 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Forward Converter with Synchronous Rectifier 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 Forward Converters with Active Clamping 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7 Two-Switch Forward Converter 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.8 Forward–Flyback Converter 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.9 Summary 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 294\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Half-Bridge PWM DC–DC Converter 296\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Introduction 296\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 DC Analysis of PWM Half-Bridge Converter for CCM 296\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1 Circuit Description 296\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2 Assumptions 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.3 Time Interval: 0 \u003ci\u003e\u0026lt; t \u003c\/i\u003e≤ \u003ci\u003eDT \u003c\/i\u003e299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.4 Time Interval: \u003ci\u003eDT \u0026lt; t \u003c\/i\u003e≤ \u003ci\u003eT\u003c\/i\u003e∕2 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.5 Time Interval: \u003ci\u003eT\u003c\/i\u003e∕2 \u003ci\u003e\u0026lt; t \u003c\/i\u003e≤ \u003ci\u003eT\u003c\/i\u003e∕2 + \u003ci\u003eDT \u003c\/i\u003e303\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.6 Time Interval: \u003ci\u003eT\u003c\/i\u003e∕2 + \u003ci\u003eDT \u0026lt; t \u003c\/i\u003e≤ \u003ci\u003eT \u003c\/i\u003e304\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.7 Device Stresses 304\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.8 DC Voltage Transfer Function of Lossless Half-Bridge Converter for CCM 304\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.9 Boundary Between CCM and DCM 305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.10 Ripple Voltage in Half-Bridge Converter for CCM 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.11 Power Losses and Efficiency of Half-Bridge Converter for CCM 308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.12 DC Voltage Transfer Function of Lossy Converter for CCM 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.13 Design of Half-Bridge Converter for CCM 312\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 DC Analysis of PWM Half-Bridge Converter for DCM 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1 Time Interval: 0 \u003ci\u003e\u0026lt; t \u003c\/i\u003e≤ \u003ci\u003eDT \u003c\/i\u003e315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2 Time Interval: \u003ci\u003eDT \u0026lt; t \u003c\/i\u003e≤ (\u003ci\u003eD \u003c\/i\u003e+ \u003ci\u003eD\u003c\/i\u003e1)\u003ci\u003eT \u003c\/i\u003e320\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.3 Time Interval: (\u003ci\u003eD \u003c\/i\u003e+ \u003ci\u003eD\u003c\/i\u003e1)\u003ci\u003eT \u0026lt; t \u003c\/i\u003e≤ \u003ci\u003eT\u003c\/i\u003e∕2 322\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.4 DC Voltage Transfer Function for DCM 322\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.5 Maximum Inductance for DCM 326\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Summary 326\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 328\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Full-Bridge PWM DC–DC Converter 330\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Introduction 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 DC Analysis of PWM Full-Bridge Converter for CCM 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1 Circuit Description 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2 Assumptions 332\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.3 Time Interval: 0 \u003ci\u003e\u0026lt; t \u003c\/i\u003e≤ \u003ci\u003eDT \u003c\/i\u003e332\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.4 Time Interval: \u003ci\u003eDT \u0026lt; t \u003c\/i\u003e≤ \u003ci\u003eT\u003c\/i\u003e∕2 334\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.5 Time Interval: \u003ci\u003eT\u003c\/i\u003e∕2 \u003ci\u003e\u0026lt; t \u003c\/i\u003e≤ \u003ci\u003eT\u003c\/i\u003e∕2 + \u003ci\u003eDT \u003c\/i\u003e336\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.6 Time Interval: \u003ci\u003eT\u003c\/i\u003e∕2 + \u003ci\u003eDT \u0026lt; t \u003c\/i\u003e≤ \u003ci\u003eT \u003c\/i\u003e336\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.7 Device Stresses 337\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.8 DC Voltage Transfer Function of Lossless Full-Wave Converter for CCM 337\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.9 Boundary Between CCM and DCM 338\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.10 Ripple Voltage in Full-Bridge Converter for CCM 339\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.11 Power Losses and Efficiency of Full-Bridge Converter for CCM 340\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.12 DC Voltage Transfer Function of Lossy Converter for CCM 344\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.13 Design of Full-Bridge Converter for CCM 345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 DC Analysis of PWM Full-Bridge Converter for DCM 351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1 Time Interval: 0 \u003ci\u003e\u0026lt; t \u003c\/i\u003e≤ \u003ci\u003eDT \u003c\/i\u003e351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2 Time Interval: \u003ci\u003eDT \u0026lt; t \u003c\/i\u003e≤ (\u003ci\u003eD \u003c\/i\u003e+ \u003ci\u003eD\u003c\/i\u003e1)\u003ci\u003eT \u003c\/i\u003e353\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.3 Time Interval: (\u003ci\u003eD \u003c\/i\u003e+ \u003ci\u003eD\u003c\/i\u003e1)\u003ci\u003eT \u0026lt; t \u003c\/i\u003e≤ \u003ci\u003eT\u003c\/i\u003e∕2 355\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.4 DC Voltage Transfer Function for DCM 356\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.5 Maximum Inductance for DCM 359\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Phase-Controlled Full-Bridge Converter 361\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Summary 362\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 362\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 362\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 363\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Small-Signal Models of PWM Converters for CCM and DCM 365\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Introduction 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Assumptions 366\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Averaged Model of Ideal Switching Network for CCM 366\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Averaged Values of Switched Resistances 369\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Model Reduction 375\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6 Large-Signal Averaged Model for CCM 377\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.7 DC and Small-Signal Circuit Linear Models of Switching Network for CCM 381\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.7.1 Large-Signal Circuit Model of Switching Network for CCM 381\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.7.2 Linearization of Switching Network Model for CCM 384\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.8 Block Diagram of Small-signal Model of PWM DC–DC Converters 385\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.9 Family of PWM Converter Models for CCM 386\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.10 PWM Small-Signal Switch Model for CCM 389\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.11 Modeling of Ideal Switching Network for DCM 391\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.11.1 Relationships Among DC Components for DCM 391\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.11.2 Small-Signal Model of Ideal Switching Network for DCM 395\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.12 Averaged Parasitic Resistances for DCM 398\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.13 Summary 400\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 402\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 405\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 405\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Small-Signal Characteristics of Buck Converter for CCM 407\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Introduction 407\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Small-Signal Model of the PWM Buck Converter 407\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Open-Loop Transfer Functions 408\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.1 Open-Loop Control-to-Output Transfer Function 409\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.2 Delay in Control-to-Output Transfer Function 416\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.3 Open-Loop Input-to-Output Transfer Function 418\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.4 Open-Loop Input Impedance 420\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.5 Open-Loop Output Impedance 423\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Open-Loop Step Responses 426\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.1 Open-Loop Response of Output Voltage to Step Change in Input Voltage 426\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.2 Open-Loop Response of Output Voltage to Step Change in Duty Cycle 431\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.3 Open-Loop Response of Output Voltage to Step Change in Load Current 433\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 Open-Loop DC Transfer Functions 434\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6 Summary 436\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 436\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 437\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 438\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Small-Signal Characteristics of Boost Converter for CCM 439\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Introduction 439\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 DC Characteristics 439\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Open-Loop Control-to-Output Transfer Function 440\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 Delay in Open-Loop Control-to-Output Transfer Function 449\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5 Open-Loop Audio Susceptibility 451\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.6 Open-Loop Input Impedance 455\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.7 Open-Loop Output Impedance 457\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.8 Open-Loop Step Responses 461\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.8.1 Open-Loop Response of Output Voltage to Step Change in Input Voltage 461\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.8.2 Open-Loop Response of Output Voltage to Step Change in Duty Cycle 464\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.8.3 Open-Loop Response of Output Voltage to Step Change in Load Current 465\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.9 Summary 467\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 467\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 468\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 468\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Voltage-Mode Control of PWM Buck Converter 470\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Introduction 470\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Properties of Negative Feedback 471\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Stability 474\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4 Single-Loop Control of PWM Buck Converter 475\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5 Closed-Loop Small-Signal Model of Buck Converter 478\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6 Pulse-Width Modulator 478\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.7 Feedback Network 483\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.8 Transfer Function of Buck Converter with Modulator and Feedback Network 486\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.9 Control Circuits 489\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.9.1 Error Amplifier 489\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.9.2 Proportional Controller 490\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.9.3 Integral Controller 492\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.9.4 Proportional-Integral Controller 493\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.9.5 Integral-Single-Lead Controller 497\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.9.6 Loop Gain 504\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.9.7 Closed-Loop Control-to-Output Voltage Transfer Function 504\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.9.8 Closed-Loop Input-to-Output Transfer Function 506\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.9.9 Closed-Loop Input Impedance 508\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.9.10 Closed-Loop Output Impedance 509\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.10 Closed-Loop Step Responses 511\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.10.1 Response to Step Change in Input Voltage 511\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.10.2 Response to Step Change in Reference Voltage 513\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.10.3 Closed-Loop Response to Step Change in Load Current 515\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.10.4 Closed-Loop DC Transfer Functions 515\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.11 Summary 518\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 519\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 519\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 520\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 Voltage-Mode Control of Boost Converter 521\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1 Introduction 521\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2 Circuit of Boost Converter with Voltage-Mode Control 521\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3 Transfer Function of Modulator, Boost Converter Power Stage, and Feedback Network 523\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4 Integral-Double-Lead Controller 527\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5 Design of Integral-Double-Lead Controller 532\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6 Loop Gain 536\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.7 Closed-Loop Control-to-Output Voltage Transfer Function 537\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.8 Closed-Loop Audio Susceptibility 539\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.9 Closed-Loop Input Impedance 539\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.10 Closed-Loop Output Impedance 542\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.11 Closed-Loop Step Responses 544\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.11.1 Closed-Loop Response to Step Change in Input Voltage 544\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.11.2 Closed-Loop Response to Step Change in Reference Voltage 547\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.11.3 Closed-Loop Response to Step Change in Load Current 548\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.12 Closed-Loop DC Transfer Functions 549\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.13 Summary 552\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 552\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 552\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 553\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e14 Current-Mode Control 554\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1 Introduction 554\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2 Principle of Operation of PWM Converters with Peak CMC 555\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3 Relationship Between Duty Cycle and Inductor-Current Slopes 559\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4 Instability of Closed-Current Loop 560\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5 Slope Compensation 564\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.1 Analysis of Slope Compensation in Time Domain 564\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.2 Boundary of Slope Compensation for Buck and Buck–Boost Converters 569\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.3 Boundary Slope Compensation for Boost Converter 570\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.6 Sample-and-Hold Effect on Current Loop 570\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.6.1 Natural Response of Inductor Current to Small Perturbation in Closed-Current Loop 572\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.6.2 Forced Response of Inductor Current to Step Change in Control Voltage in Closed-Current Loop 575\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.6.3 Relationship Between \u003ci\u003es\u003c\/i\u003e-Domain and \u003ci\u003ez\u003c\/i\u003e-Domain 577\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.6.4 Transfer Function of Closed-Current Loop in \u003ci\u003ez\u003c\/i\u003e-Domain 578\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.7 Closed-Loop Control Voltage-to-Inductor Current Transfer Function in \u003ci\u003es\u003c\/i\u003e-Domain 580\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.7.1 Approximation of \u003ci\u003eH\u003csub\u003eicl \u003c\/sub\u003e\u003c\/i\u003eby Rational Transfer Function 582\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.7.2 Step Responses of Closed-Inner Loop 588\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.8 Loop Gain of Current Loop 588\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.8.1 Loop Gain of Inner Loop in \u003ci\u003ez\u003c\/i\u003e-Domain 588\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.8.2 Loop Gain of Inner Loop in \u003ci\u003es\u003c\/i\u003e-Domain 590\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.9 Gain-Crossover Frequency of Inner Loop 595\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.10 Phase Margin of Inner Loop 596\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.11 Maximum Duty Cycle for Converters without Slope Compensation 598\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.12 Maximum Duty Cycle for Converters with Slope Compensation 600\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.13 Minimum Slope Compensation for Buck and Buck–Boost Converter 605\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.14 Minimum Slope Compensation for Boost Converter 607\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.15 Error Voltage-to-Duty Cycle Transfer Function 610\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.16 Closed-Loop Control Voltage-to-Duty Cycle Transfer Function of Current Loop 614\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.17 Alternative Representation of Current Loop 618\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.18 Current Loop with Disturbances 618\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.18.1 Modified Approximation of Current Loop 619\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.19 Voltage Loop of PWM Converters with Current-Mode Control 624\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.19.1 Control-to-Output Transfer Function for Buck Converter 624\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.19.2 Block Diagram of Power Stages of PWM Converters 627\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.19.3 Closed-Voltage Loop Transfer Function of PWM Converters with Current-Mode Control 628\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.19.4 Closed-Loop Audio Susceptibility of PWM Converters with Current-Mode Control 628\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.19.5 Closed-Loop Output Impedance of PWM Converters with Current-Mode Control 630\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.20 Feedforward Gains in PWM Converters with Current-Mode Control without Slope Compensation 631\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.21 Feedforward Gains in PWM Converters with Current-Mode Control and Slope Compensation 634\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.22 Control-to-Output Voltage Transfer Function of Inner Loop with Feedforward Gains 636\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.23 Audio-Susceptibility of Inner Loop with Feedforward Gains 637\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.24 Closed-Loop Transfer Functions with Feedforward Gains 638\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.25 Slope Compensation by Adding a Ramp to Inductor Current Waveform 638\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.26 Relationships for Constant-Frequency Current-Mode On-Time Control 639\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.27 Summary 639\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 640\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 644\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 644\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.28 Appendix: Sample-and-Hold Modeling 645\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.28.1 Sampler of the Control Voltage 645\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.28.2 Zero-Order Hold of Inductor Current 648\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.28.3 Approximations of \u003ci\u003ee\u003csup\u003esTs \u003c\/sup\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e650\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e15 Current-Mode Control of Boost Converter 653\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1 Introduction 653\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2 Open-Loop Small-Signal Transfer Functions 653\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.1 Open-Loop Duty Cycle-to-Inductor Current Transfer Function 653\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.2 High-Frequency Open-Loop Duty Cycle-to-Inductor Current Transfer Function 659\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.3 Open-Loop Input Voltage-to-Inductor Current Transfer Function 660\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.4 Open-Loop Inductor-to-Output Current Transfer Function 665\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3 Open-Loop Step Responses of Inductor Current 667\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.1 Open-Loop Response of Inductor Current to Step Change in Input Voltage 667\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.2 Open-Loop Response of the Inductor Current to Step Change in the Duty Cycle 670\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.3 Open-Loop Response of Inductor Current to Step Change in Load Current 672\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4 Closed-Current-Loop Transfer Functions 675\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.1 Forward Gain 675\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.2 Loop Gain of Current Loop 675\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.3 Closed-Loop Gain of Current Loop 675\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.4 Control-to-Output Transfer Function 677\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.5 Input Voltage-to-Duty Cycle Transfer Function 684\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.6 Load Current-to-Duty Cycle Transfer Function 688\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.7 Output Impedance of Closed-Current Loop 690\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5 Closed-Voltage-Loop Transfer Functions 695\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5.1 Control-to-Output Transfer Function 695\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5.2 Control Voltage-to-Feedback Voltage Transfer Function 695\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5.3 Loop Gain of Voltage Loop 697\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5.4 Closed-Loop Gain of Voltage Loop 701\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5.5 Closed-Loop Audio Susceptibility with Integral Controller 703\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5.6 Closed-Loop Output Impedance with Integral Controller 704\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.6 Closed-Loop Step Responses 706\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.6.1 Closed-Loop Response of Output Voltage to Step Change in Input Voltage 706\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.6.2 Closed-Loop Response of Output Voltage to Step Change in Load Current 708\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.6.3 Closed-Loop Response of Output Voltage to Step Change in Reference Voltage 708\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.7 Closed-Loop DC Transfer Functions 710\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.8 Summary 711\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 711\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 712\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 712\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e16 Open-Loop Small-Signal Characteristics of PWM Boost Converter for DCM 713\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.1 Introduction 713\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2 Small-Signal Model of Boost Converter for DCM 713\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3 Open-Loop Control-to-Output Transfer Function 716\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.4 Open-Loop Input-to-Output Voltage Transfer Function 719\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.5 Open-Loop Input Impedance 724\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.6 Open-Loop Output Impedance 725\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.7 Step Responses of Output Voltage of Boost Converter for DCM 728\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.7.1 Response of Output Voltage to Step Change in Input Voltage 728\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.7.2 Response of Output Voltage to Step Change in Duty Cycle 730\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.7.3 Response of Output Voltage to Step Change in Load Current 730\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.8 Open-Loop Duty Cycle-to-Inductor Current Transfer Function 731\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.9 Open-Loop Input Voltage-to-Inductor Current Transfer Function 735\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.10 Open-Loop Output Current-to-Inductor Current Transfer Function 735\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.11 Step Responses of Inductor Current of Boost Converter for DCM 738\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.11.1 Step Response of Inductor Current to Step Change in Input Voltage 738\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.11.2 Step Response of Inductor Current to Step Change in Duty Cycle 740\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.11.3 Step Response of Inductor Current to Step Change in Load Current 741\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.12 DC Characteristics of Boost Converter for DCM 742\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.12.1 DC-to-DC Voltage Transfer Function of Lossless Boost Converter for DCM 742\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.12.2 DC-to-DC Voltage Transfer Function of Lossy Boost Converter for DCM 743\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.12.3 Efficiency of Boost Converter for DCM 745\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.13 Summary 745\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 745\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 746\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 746\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e17 Silicon and Silicon-Carbide Power Diodes 747\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.1 Introduction 747\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2 Electronic Power Switches 747\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.3 Atom 748\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.4 Electron and Hole Effective Mass 749\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.5 Semiconductors 750\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.6 Intrinsic Semiconductors 751\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.7 Extrinsic Semiconductors 756\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.7.1 n-Type Semiconductor 756\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.7.2 p-Type Semiconductor 759\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.7.3 Maximum Operating Temperature 761\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.8 Wide Band Gap Semiconductors 762\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.9 Physical Structure of Junction Diodes 764\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.9.1 Formation of Depletion Layer 765\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.9.2 Charge Transport 767\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.10 Static \u003ci\u003eI\u003c\/i\u003e–\u003ci\u003eV \u003c\/i\u003eDiode Characteristic 768\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.11 Breakdown Voltage of Junction Diodes 772\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.11.1 Depletion-Layer Width 773\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.11.2 Electric Field Intensity Distribution 775\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.11.3 Avalanche Breakdown Voltage 779\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.11.4 Punch-Through Breakdown Voltage 781\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.11.5 Edge Terminations 782\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.12 Capacitances of Junction Diodes 784\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.12.1 Junction Capacitance 784\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.12.2 Diffusion Capacitance 787\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.13 Reverse Recovery of pn Junction Diodes 789\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.13.1 Qualitative Description 789\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.13.2 Reverse Recovery in Resistive Circuits 790\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.13.3 Charge-Continuity Equation 793\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.13.4 Reverse Recovery in Inductive Circuits 796\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.14 Schottky Diodes 798\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.14.1 Static \u003ci\u003eI\u003c\/i\u003e–\u003ci\u003eV \u003c\/i\u003eCharacteristic of Schottky Diodes 801\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.14.2 Breakdown Voltages of Schottky Diodes 802\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.14.3 Junction Capacitance of Schottky Diodes 802\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.14.4 Switching Characteristics of Schottky Diodes 802\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.15 Solar Cells 806\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.16 Light-Emitting Diodes 809\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.17 SPICE Model of Diodes 810\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.18 Summary 811\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 815\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 816\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 817\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e18 Silicon and Silicon-Carbide Power MOSFETs 819\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.1 Introduction 819\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.2 Integrated MOSFETs 819\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.3 Physical Structure of Power MOSFETs 819\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.4 Principle of Operation of Power MOSFETs 824\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.4.1 Cutoff Region 824\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.4.2 Formation of MOSFET Channel 824\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.4.3 Linear Region 824\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.4.4 Saturation Region 825\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.4.5 Antiparallel Diode 825\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.5 Derivation of Power MOSFET Characteristics 826\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.5.1 Ohmic Region 826\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.5.2 Pinch-off Region 829\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.5.3 Channel-Length Modulation 830\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.6 Power MOSFET Characteristics 831\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.7 Mobility of Charge Carriers 833\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.7.1 Effect of Doping Concentration on Mobility 834\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.7.2 Effect of Temperature on Mobility 836\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.7.3 Effect of Electric Field on Mobility 840\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.8 Short-Channel Effects 846\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.8.1 Ohmic Region 846\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.8.2 Pinch-off Region 847\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.9 Aspect Ratio of Power MOSFETs 848\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.10 Breakdown Voltage of Power MOSFETs 850\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.11 Gate Oxide Breakdown Voltage of Power MOSFETs 852\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.12 Specific On-Resistance 852\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.13 Figures-of-Merit of Semiconductors 855\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.14 On-Resistance of Power MOSFETs 857\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.14.1 Channel Resistance 857\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.14.2 Accumulation Region Resistance 857\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.14.3 Neck Region Resistance 858\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.14.4 Drift Region Resistance 859\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.15 Capacitances of Power MOSFETs 862\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.15.1 Gate-to-Source Capacitance 862\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.15.2 Drain-to-Source Capacitance 864\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.15.3 Gate-to-Drain Capacitance 864\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.16 Switching Waveforms 875\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.17 SPICE Model of Power MOSFETs 877\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.18 IGBTs 879\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.19 Heat Sinks 880\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.20 Summary 886\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 888\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 888\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 889\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e19 Electromagnetic Compatibility 891\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.1 Introduction 891\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.2 Definition of EMI 891\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.3 Definition of EMC 892\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.4 EMI Immunity 892\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.5 EMI Susceptibility 893\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.6 Classification of EMI 893\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.7 Sources of EMI 895\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.8 Safety Standards 896\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.9 EMC Standards 896\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.10 Near Field and Far Field 897\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.11 Techniques of EMI Reduction 897\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.12 Insertion Loss 898\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.13 EMI Filters 898\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.14 Feed-Through Capacitors 900\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.15 EMI Shielding 900\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.16 Interconnections 902\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.17 Summary 903\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 903\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 903\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblem 904\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA Introduction to SPICE 907\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eB Introduction to MATLAB\u003csup\u003e®\u003c\/sup\u003e 910\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eC Physical Constants 915\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAnswers to Problems 917\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 925\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866384183639,"sku":"9781119009542","price":95.36,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119009542.jpg?v=1722278391"},{"product_id":"practical-partial-discharge-measurement-on-electrical-equipment-9781119833314","title":"Practical Partial Discharge Measurement on","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eAbout the Authors xvii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface xix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments xx\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcronyms xxi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Introduction 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Why Perform Partial Discharge Measurements? 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Partial Discharge and Corona 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Categories of PD Tests 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1 Factory PD Testing 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.2 Onsite\/Off line PD Tests 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.3 Online PD Testing and Continuous Monitoring 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 PD Test Standards 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 History of PD Measurement 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.1 RIV Test – The First Era 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.2 Analog PD Detection Using Oscilloscopes – The Second Era 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.3 Digitizing, Ultrahigh Frequency, and Post- Processing – The Third Era 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.3.1 Transition to Digital Instruments 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.3.2 VHF and UHF PD Detection 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.3.3 Post- Processing of Signals 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6 The Future 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7 Roadmap for the Book 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Electric Fields and Electrical Breakdown 21\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Electric Fields in High- Voltage Equipment 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.1 Impact of Electric Field on Partial Discharges 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.2 Basic Quantities and Equations 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.3 Simple Electrode Configurations 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.3.1 Parallel Plates Capacitor 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.3.2 Coaxial Cylindrical Electrodes 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.3.3 Concentric Spheres 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.3.4 Point\/Plane Electrodes 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.4 Multi- Dielectric Systems 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.4.1 Cavities (Voids) 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.4.2 Interfaces 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.4.3 Triple Point (Triple Junction) 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.5 Floating Metal Objects 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Electrical Breakdown 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Breakdown in Gases 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.1 Breakdown in Uniform Fields 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2 Breakdown in Divergent Fields 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.3 Breakdown Under Impulse Voltages – the V- t Characteristic 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Breakdown in Solids 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.1 Electrical Treeing 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Breakdown in Liquids 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 Dielectric Strength 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Physics of Partial Discharge 47\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Classification of Partial Discharges 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 PD Current Pulse Characteristics 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Effects of PD 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Corona Due to Non- Uniform Electric Fields Around Conductors 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1 PD and Corona Polarity 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.2 Corona AC Phase Position 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.3 Corona Current Pulse Characteristics 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Partial Discharge in Voids 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.1 PD Inception 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.1.1 Inception Delay 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.2 Modified Field Due to Space Charge 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7 PD on Insulation Surfaces 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.1 Triple Point Junction 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.2 Electrical Tracking 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8 Effect of Ambient Conditions and Conditioning 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8.1 Conditioning 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8.2 Ambient\/Operating Conditions 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.9 Summary of Measured PD Quantities 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.9.1 Magnitude 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.9.2 Pulse Count Rate 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.9.3 Phase Position 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.10 Understanding the PD Pattern with Respect to the AC Cycle 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.10.1 Polarity Analysis 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.10.2 Physical Basis for PRPD Patterns 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.10.3 PD Packets 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Other Discharge Phenomena 85\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 PD as Interference 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Circuit Breaker Arcing 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Contact Arcing and Intermittent Connections 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Metal Oxide Layer Breakdown 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 Dry Band Arcing 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7 Glow (or Pulseless) Discharge 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 PD Measurement Overview 93\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Charge- Based and Electromagnetic Measurement Methods 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Optical PD Detection 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Acoustic Detection of PD 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1 Acoustic Detection of PD Through the Air 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2 Acoustic PD Detection Within Enclosed HV Apparatus 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2.1 Power Transformers 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2.2 Gas- Insulated Switchgear and Isolated Phase Bus 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Chemical Detection 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1 Ozone in Air 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.2 Dissolved Gas Analysis (DGA) 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.3 SF 6 Decomposition Products in GIS 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Charge- Based PD Detection 109\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Basic Electrical Detection Circuits Using Coupling Capacitors 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 Direct Circuit 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 Indirect Circuit 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Measuring Impedances 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 Resistors and Quadripoles 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 AC Synchronization and Quadripoles 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3 High- Frequency Current Transformers 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Electrical PD Detection Models 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.1 ABC Model 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.1.1 Equivalent Circuit 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.1.2 Equivalent PD Current Generator 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.1.3 Coupling Capacitor 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.1.4 Under Estimation of Charge 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.2 Dipole Model 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.3 Comparing the ABC Model with the Dipole Model 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.4 Pulse Polarity 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Quasi- integration in Charge- Based Measuring Systems 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.1 Quasi- integration Explained 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.2 Frequency Range of Charge- Based PD Detectors 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.2.1 Pros and Cons of the Narrowband vs Wideband Systems 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 Calibration into Apparent Charge 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6.1 Capacitive Test Objects 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6.2 Distributed Test Objects 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6.2.1 PD Pulse Splitting and Reflections 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6.2.2 Attenuation and Dispersion 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6.3 Inductive- Capacitive Test Objects 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6.4 Practical Calibrators 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Electromagnetic (RF) PD Detection 137\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Why Measure Electromagnetic Signals from PD 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Terminology 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Basic Electrical Detection Circuits 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1 Transmission Path 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2 Sensors 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.3 Time and Frequency Domain Measurement 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Types of RF Sensors 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.1 Ferrite Antennas 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.2 Magnetic Loops 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.3 Transient Earth Voltage (TEV) Sensors 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.4 Internal or Tank- Mounted UHF Sensors 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.5 Antennas 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.5.1 Monopole 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.5.2 Patch (Microstrip) Antenna 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.5.3 Horn Antenna 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.5.4 Stator Slot Couplers 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Measuring Instruments 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 Performance and Sensitivity Check 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7 PD Source Location 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 PD Measurement System Instrumentation and Software 159\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Introduction 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Frequency Range Selection 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 PD Detector Hardware Configurations 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1 Minimum Threshold and Processing Time 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2 AC Voltage Measurement and Synchronization 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.3 Combined Analog–Digital Systems 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.4 Digital System to Measure Pulse Magnitude and Selected Pulse Characteristics 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.5 Systems to Facilitate Waveform Post- Processing 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Hardware- Based Interference Suppression and PD Source Identification 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.1 Hardware- Based Gating 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.2 Time- of- Flight (or Time of Arrival) Method 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.3 Pulse Shape Analysis 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 PD Calibrator Hardware 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 Special Hardware Requirements for Continuous Monitors 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6.1 Sensor Reliability 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6.2 Instrument Robustness 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6.3 Cybersecurity 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7 PD System Output Charts 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.1 Pulse Magnitude Analysis (PMA) Plot 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.2 Phase- Magnitude- Number (Ø- \u003csub\u003eq- n\u003c\/sub\u003e) Plot 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.3 Phase- Resolved PD (PRPD) Plot 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.4 Trend Plot 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.5 PDIV\/PDEV Plot 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.6 Scatter Plot 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.8 PD Activity Indicators 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.8.1 Quasi- Peak PD Magnitude (Q \u003csub\u003eIEC\u003c\/sub\u003e) 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.8.2 Peak PD Magnitude (Q \u003csub\u003em\u003c\/sub\u003e) 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.8.3 Integrated PD Indicators 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.9 Post- Processing Software for Interference Suppression and PD Analysis 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.9.1 Statistical Post- Processing 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.9.2 Time- Frequency Maps 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.9.3 Three- Phase Synchronous Pattern Analysis 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.9.4 Software- Based Censoring 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.9.5 Artificial Intelligence (AI) and Expert Systems 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Suppression of External Electrical Interference 193\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Impact of External Electrical Interference 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.1 Factory Testing 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.2 Condition Assessment Testing 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Typical Sources of Noise and External Electrical Interference 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1 Electrical\/Electronic Noise 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2 External Electrical Interference (“Disturbances”) 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2.1 PD and Corona from Connected Equipment 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2.2 Arcing from Poorly Bonded Metal and Connections 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2.3 Electronic Switching 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2.4 Slip Ring\/Brush Arcing 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2.5 Lighting 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Interference Suppression for Off line PD Testing 198 \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1 Electromagnetic Shielded Rooms 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2 Good Practice for Test Set- Up 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.3 Power Supply Filtering 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.4 Signal Filtering 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.5 PD Measurement Bridges 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.6 Time- of- Flight 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.7 PRPD Pattern Recognition 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.8 Time- Frequency Map 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.9 Gating 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Online Interference Suppression 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Performing PD Tests and Basic Interpretation 205\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Introduction 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 PDIV\/PDEV Measurement 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.1 Test Procedure 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.2 Sensitivity 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.3 Interpretation 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 PD Testing of Lumped Capacitive Test Objects 227\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Lumped Capacitive Objects 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Test Procedures 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Measures to Suppress Electrical Interference 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 Sensitivity Check 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 PD in Power Cables 235\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Introduction 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Cable System Structure 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.1 Cable Insulation 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 Gas-Insulated Switchgear (GIS) 283\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1 Introduction 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2 Relevant Standards and Technical Guidance 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3 The GIS Insulation System 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.1 Insulation System Components 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 358\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e14 Air- Insulated Switchgear and Isolated Phase Bus 365\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1 Introduction 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2 AIS Insulation Systems 366\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3 Insulation Failure Processes 368\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3.1 Surface Electrical Tracking 368\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 379\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e15 Power Transformers 381\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1 Introduction 381\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2 Transformer Insulation Systems 382\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.1 Dry- Type Transformer 382\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.2 Materials Used in Liquid- Filled Paper- Insulated Power Transformers 384\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 452\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e16 Rotating Machine Stator Windings 457\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.1 Introduction 457\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2 Relevant Standards 458\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3 Stator Winding Insulation Systems 458\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3.1 Insulation System Components 459\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3.2 PD Suppression Coatings 461\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3.3 Stator Winding Construction 462\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 501\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e17 PD Detection in DC Equipment 505\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.1 Why Is HVDC So Popular Now? 505\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2 Insulation System Design in dc 506\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.3 The Reasons for PD Testing Using dc 507\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.4 Off line PD Testing with DC Excitation 510\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.5 Interpretation of PD Measurements Under DC Excitation 511\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.5.1 Time Series Interpretation 512\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.5.2 Magnitude Dispersion 513\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.5.3 Effect of Operating Conditions on PD 514\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.6 Perspective 517\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 517\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e18 PD Detection Under Impulse Voltage 519\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.1 Introduction 519\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.2 Insulation Failure Due to Short Risetime Impulse Voltages 520\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.2.1 High Peak Voltage 520\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.2.2 Short Risetime Causing High Turn Voltages in Windings 521\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 531\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 533\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866419179863,"sku":"9781119833314","price":99.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119833314.jpg?v=1722278553"},{"product_id":"digital-image-processing-global-edition-9781292223049","title":"Digital Image Processing Global Edition","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 Introduction\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1.1 What is Digital Image Processing? \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1.2 The Origins of Digital Image Processing \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1.3 Examples of Fields that Use Digital Image Processing \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1.4 Fundamental Steps in Digital Image Processing \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1.5 Components of an Image Processing System\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 Digital Image Fundamentals\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2.1 Elements of Visual Perception \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2.2 Light and the Electromagnetic Spectrum \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2.3 Image Sensing and Acquisition \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2.4 Image Sampling and Quantization \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2.5 Some Basic Relationships Between Pixels \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2.6 Introduction to the Basic Mathematical Tools Used in Digital Image Processing \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 Intensity Transformations and Spatial Filtering\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3.1 Background \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3.2 Some Basic Intensity Transformation Functions \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3.3 Histogram Processing \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3.4 Fundamentals of Spatial Filtering \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3.5 Smoothing (Lowpass) Spatial Filters \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3.6 Sharpening (Highpass) Spatial Filters \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3.7 Highpass, Bandreject, and Bandpass Filters from Lowpass Filters \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3.8 Combining Spatial Enhancement Methods \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3.9 Using Fuzzy Techniques for Intensity Transformations and Spatial Filtering \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 Filtering in the Frequency Domain\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4.1 Background \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4.2 Preliminary Concepts \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4.3 Sampling and the Fourier Transform of Sampled Functions \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4.4 The Discrete Fourier Transform of One Variable \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4.5 Extensions to Functions of Two Variables \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4.6 Some Properties of the 2-D DFT and IDFT \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4.7 The Basics of Filtering in the Frequency Domain \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4.8 Image Smoothing Using Lowpass Frequency Domain Filters \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4.9 Image Sharpening Using Highpass Filters \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4.10 Selective Filtering \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4.11 The Fast Fourier Transform \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 Image Restoration and Reconstruction\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5.1 A Model of the Image Degradation\/Restoration Process \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5.2 Noise Models \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5.3 Restoration in the Presence of Noise Only—Spatial Filtering \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5.4 Periodic Noise Reduction Using Frequency Domain Filtering \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5.5 Linear, Position-Invariant Degradations \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5.6 Estimating the Degradation Function \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5.7 Inverse Filtering \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5.8 Minimum Mean Square Error (Wiener) Filtering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5.9 Constrained Least Squares Filtering \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5.10 Geometric Mean Filter \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5.11 Image Reconstruction from Projections \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6 Wavelet and Other Image Transforms\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6.1 Preliminaries \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6.2 Matrix-based Transforms \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6.3 Correlation \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6.4 Basis Functions in the Time-Frequency Plane \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6.5 Basis Images \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6.6 Fourier-Related Transforms \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6.7 Walsh-Hadamard Transforms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6.8 Slant Transform \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6.9 Haar Transform \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6.10 Wavelet Transforms \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e7 Color Image Processing\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e7.1 Color Fundamentals \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e7.2 Color Models \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e7.3 Pseudocolor Image Processing \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e7.4 Basics of Full-Color Image Processing \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e7.5 Color Transformations \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e7.6 Color Image Smoothing and Sharpening \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e7.7 Using Color in Image Segmentation \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e7.8 Noise in Color Images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e7.9 Color Image Compression \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8 Image Compression and Watermarking\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8.1 Fundamentals \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8.2 Huffman Coding \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8.3 Golomb Coding \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8.4 Arithmetic Coding \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8.5 LZW Coding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8.6 Run-length Coding \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Pearson Education Limited","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866520367447,"sku":"9781292223049","price":74.09,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781292223049.jpg?v=1722279043"},{"product_id":"electrical-engineering-principles-applications-global-edition-9781292223124","title":"Electrical Engineering Principles  Applications","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllan R. Hambley\u003c\/strong\u003e received his B.S. degree from Michigan Technological University, his M.S. degree from Illinois Institute of Technology, and his Ph.D. from Worcester Polytechnic Institute. He has worked in industry for Hazeltine Research Inc., Warwick Electronics, and Harris Government Systems. He is currently Professor of Electrical Engineering at Michigan Tech. The Michigan Tech chapter of Eta Kappa Nu named him the Outstanding Electrical Engineering Teacher of the Year in 1995. He has won the National Technological University Outstanding Instructor Award six times for his courses in communication systems. The American Society for Engineering Education presented him with the 1998 Meriam Wiley Distinguished Author Award for the first edition of his book, \u003cem\u003eElectronics\u003c\/em\u003e. His hobbies include fishing, boating in remote areas of Lake Superior, and gardening.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 Introduction \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 Resistive Circuits \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 Inductance and Capacitance \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 Transients \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 Steady-State Sinusoidal Analysis \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 Frequency Response, Bode Plots, and Resonance \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e7 Logic Circuits \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 Computers, Microcontrollers, and Computer-Based Instrumentation Systems \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e9 Diodes \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 Amplifiers: Specifications and External Characteristics \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e11 Field-Effect Transistors \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12 Bipolar Junction Transistors \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e13 Operational Amplifiers \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14 Magnetic Circuits and Transformers \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e15 DC Machines \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e16 AC Machines \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendices \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA Complex Numbers \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eB Nominal Values and the Color Code for Resistors \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eC The Fundamentals of Engineering Examination \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eD Answers for the Practice Tests \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Pearson Education Limited","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866520596823,"sku":"9781292223124","price":78.84,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781292223124.jpg?v=1722279046"},{"product_id":"feedback-control-of-dynamic-systems-global-edition-9781292274522","title":"Feedback Control of Dynamic Systems Global","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 An Overview and Brief History of Feedback Control \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 Dynamic Models \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 Dynamic Response \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 A First Analysis of Feedback \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 The Root-Locus Design Method \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 The Frequency-Response Design Method \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e7 State-Space Design \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 Digital Control \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e9 Nonlinear Systems \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 Control System Design: Principles and Case Studies \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix A Laplace Transforms \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix B Solutions to the Review Questions \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix C Matlab Commands \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBibliography \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndex \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Pearson Education Limited","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866523906391,"sku":"9781292274522","price":76.94,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781292274522.jpg?v=1722279060"},{"product_id":"inventions-researches-and-writings-of-nikola-tesla-barnes-noble-collectible-classics-omnibus-edition-9781435167957","title":"Inventions Researches and Writings of Nikola","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe Inventions, Researches and Writings of Nikola Tesla","brand":"Union Square \u0026 Co.","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48867057271127,"sku":"9781435167957","price":31.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781435167957.jpg?v=1722281458"},{"product_id":"in-search-of-nikola-tesla-the-revised-and-illustrated-edition-9781853981173","title":"In Search of Nikola Tesla: The Revised and","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis is an account of the author's investigation, on behalf of the Canadian government, into the life and ideas of the eccentric genius Nikola Tesla. This is a completely revised and redesigned edition, with a new introduction by the former head of the Tesla Museum, a new chapter and a selection of photographs of Tesla and his work in search of the holy grail of electricity - the transmission of power without loss. As a student in Prague in the 1870s, Tesla \"saw\" the electric induction motor and patented his discovery, -the first of many inventions whose plans seem to have come to him fully fledged. He worked for the Edison company in Paris before emigrating to the US and battling with Thomas Edison himself to ensure that alternating, rather than direct current, became the standard. He sold his patent in the induction motor for $1 million dollars to George Westinghouse, who used this system for the Niagara Falls Power Project. Moving to Colorado Springs, Tesla worked on resonance, building enormous oscillating towers in experiments which still intrigue today. In later life Tesla became a recluse, bombarding newspapers with eccentric claims, including energy transmissions to other planets. Though he died alone and virtually forgotten, rumours gradually grew that Tesla had made further remarkable discoveries. In an attempt to replicate his experiments, people still build Tesla towers and puzzle over the possible link with low-frequency broadcasts which can supposedly disrupt the weather and affect the human mind.","brand":"Ashgrove Publishing Ltd","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48868801184087,"sku":"9781853981173","price":12.34,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781853981173.jpg?v=1722289776"},{"product_id":"build-your-own-electric-vehicle-third-edition-9780071770569","title":"Build Your Own Electric Vehicle Third Edition","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch4\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp class=\"MsoNormal\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:12.0pt;line-height:107%;font-family:\" times new roman\u003ePublisher's Note: Products purchased from Third Party sellers are not guaranteed by the publisher for quality, \u003cspan style=\"white-space:pre\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eauthenticity, or access to any online entitlements included with the product.\u003co:p\u003e\u003c\/o:p\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003ch4\u003eBUILD, CONVERT, OR BUY A STATE-OF-THE-ART ELECTRIC VEHICLE\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThoroughly revised and expanded, \u003ci\u003eBuild Your Own Electric Vehicle\u003c\/i\u003e, Third Edition, is your go-to guide for converting an internal combustion engine vehicle to electric or building an EV from the ground up. You'll also find out about the wide variety of EVs available for purchase and how they're being built. This new editiondetails all the latest breakthroughs, including AC propulsion and regenerative braking systems, intelligent controllers, batteries, and charging technologies.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFilled with updated photos, this cutting-edge resource fully \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1. Why Electric Vehicles\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWhat are Electric Vehicles\u003cbr\u003eNew Electricity Rates\/Oil costs\u003cbr\u003eConversion costs\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 2. Electric Vehicle Benefits\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eReports from the US Dept. of Energy\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 3. Electric Vehicle (recent) History\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Toyota's hybrid drive technology\u003cbr\u003eGM and CARB\u003cbr\u003eFord and TH!NK City\u003cbr\u003eTesla Roadster\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 4. Drive Systems, Chassis, and Designs\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLithium Nono-phosphates\u003cbr\u003eIntelligent Drive Systems\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 5. Sources, Parts, Conversion Companies and Experts\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUpdates on everything from previous edition, plus links to an online companion site that will be updated every 3 months or so for new information\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 6. Calculating Torque Curves\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSoftware from Grassroots electric vehicles, Electric Vehicles of America, and NetGain technologies\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 7. Electric Motors\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAC and DC\u003cbr\u003eMetric Mind Corporation\u003cbr\u003eAnaheim Automation\u003cbr\u003eHi Performance Electric Vehicle Systems\u003cbr\u003eAC Propulsion\u003cbr\u003eTesla Mototrs\u003cbr\u003eWARP Motors\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 8. Controllers\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 9. Batteries\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLithium\u003cbr\u003eLithium-polyphosphate\u003cbr\u003eNickel\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 10. Chargers\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNewer, standardized SAE systems\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 11. AC\/DC Drive and Controller Packages\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLead Acid conversions\u003cbr\u003eLithium Polymer conversions\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 12. Visions for Future Electric Cars and Electric Car Conversions\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"McGraw-Hill Education - Europe","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48883785007447,"sku":"9780071770569","price":23.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780071770569.jpg?v=1722529034"}],"url":"https:\/\/bookcurl.com\/collections\/electrical-engineering.oembed?page=2","provider":"Book Curl","version":"1.0","type":"link"}